TWI695037B - Colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and method for producing dye multimer - Google Patents

Colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and method for producing dye multimer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI695037B
TWI695037B TW104125154A TW104125154A TWI695037B TW I695037 B TWI695037 B TW I695037B TW 104125154 A TW104125154 A TW 104125154A TW 104125154 A TW104125154 A TW 104125154A TW I695037 B TWI695037 B TW I695037B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
general formula
compound
coloring composition
Prior art date
Application number
TW104125154A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201607995A (en
Inventor
原彰宏
伊藤純一
原田昌之
出井宏明
鮫島賢
金子祐士
尾田和也
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201607995A publication Critical patent/TW201607995A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI695037B publication Critical patent/TWI695037B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/28Pyronines ; Xanthon, thioxanthon, selenoxanthan, telluroxanthon dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation

Abstract

A colored composition includes a dye multimer represented by general formula (1) and a polymerizable compound, wherein in general formula (1), P represents an n-valent linking group, Q represents a polymer chain containing a repeating unit that has a dye structure, an average number of the repeating units having a dye structure is 2 or more, and n represents an integer of 3 to 10.   P-(Q)n …(1)

Description

著色組成物、彩色濾光器、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光器的製造方法、固態攝影元件、影像顯示裝置以及色素多聚體的製造方法Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method of manufacturing pigment polymer

本發明是有關於一種著色組成物。尤其是有關於一種適合於固態攝影元件、影像顯示裝置等中所使用的彩色濾光器的著色組成物。另外, 本發明是有關於一種使用著色組成物的彩色濾光器、固態攝影元件及影像顯示裝置。另外, 本發明亦有關於一種使用著色組成物的圖案形成方法、彩色濾光器的製造方法、色素多聚體(multimer) 的製造方法。The invention relates to a coloring composition. In particular, it relates to a coloring composition suitable for color filters used in solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, and the like. In addition, the present invention relates to a color filter, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device using a coloring composition. In addition, the present invention also relates to a method of forming a pattern using a colored composition, a method of manufacturing a color filter, and a method of manufacturing a dye multimer.

近年來,因數位相機、帶有相機的行動電話的普及,故電荷耦合器件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)影像感測器等固態攝影元件的需求大幅增長。作為該些顯示器或光學元件的關鍵器件, 使用彩色濾光器, 且進一步的高感度化·小型化的要求提高。此種彩色濾光器通常具備紅(R)、緑(G)、及藍(B)的3 原色的著色圖案, 並發揮使透過光分解成3 原色的作用。In recent years, the popularity of factor cameras and mobile phones with cameras has increased the demand for solid-state imaging devices such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors. As a key device of these displays or optical elements, a color filter is used, and the demand for higher sensitivity and miniaturization is further increased. Such a color filter usually has a coloring pattern of three primary colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B), and functions to decompose transmitted light into three primary colors.

對於彩色濾光器中所使用的著色劑,共同要求具有如下的性質。即,需要於顏色再現性方面具有較佳的光吸收特性、且耐光性良好等。The coloring agents used in the color filters are required to have the following properties. That is, it is necessary to have good light absorption characteristics in terms of color reproducibility, and good light resistance.

另一方面,於專利文獻1中揭示有一種於一分子中包含2個~9個具有對於顏料的吸附性能的部位的顏料分散劑。作為具有對於顏料的吸附性能的部位,可列舉:有機色素結構、雜環結構、酸性基、具有鹼性氮原子的基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子的基、碳數4以上的烴基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、羥基、離子性官能基等。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]On the other hand, Patent Literature 1 discloses a pigment dispersant that contains 2 to 9 sites having adsorption properties for pigments in one molecule. Examples of the sites having adsorption properties for pigments include organic pigment structures, heterocyclic structures, acidic groups, groups with basic nitrogen atoms, urea groups, carbamate groups, and groups with coordination oxygen atoms. , Hydrocarbon groups with 4 or more carbon atoms, alkoxysilane groups, epoxy groups, isocyanate groups, hydroxyl groups, ionic functional groups, etc. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2008-222950號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-222950

[發明所欲解決之課題][Problems to be solved by the invention]

於用於彩色濾光器等的著色組成物中,要求耐光性、色移性、平坦性的進一步的改善。 再者,專利文獻1是有關於顏料分散劑的發明。於專利文獻1中記載有可使用有機色素結構作為具有對於顏料的吸附性能的部位,但顏料分散劑較佳為不具有顏色,因此具有對於顏料的吸附性能的部位必須選擇吸光度小的結構。另外,於專利文獻1中,亦無成為將顏料分散劑用作著色劑的動機的記載。In coloring compositions used for color filters and the like, further improvements in light resistance, color shifting, and flatness are required. In addition, Patent Document 1 relates to an invention of a pigment dispersant. Patent Document 1 describes that an organic dye structure can be used as a site having adsorption performance for pigments, but the pigment dispersant preferably has no color, and therefore a structure having low absorbance must be selected for the site having adsorption performance for pigments. In addition, in Patent Document 1, there is no description as a motivation for using a pigment dispersant as a colorant.

本發明是鑒於所述狀況而成者,其目的在於提供一種耐光性、色移性及平坦性優異的著色組成物。另外,本發明的目的在於提供一種彩色濾光器、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光器的製造方法、固態攝影元件、影像顯示裝置及色素多聚體的製造方法。 [解決課題之手段]The present invention was made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a coloring composition excellent in light resistance, color shift property, and flatness. In addition, an object of the present invention is to provide a color filter, a pattern forming method, a method of manufacturing a color filter, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and a method of manufacturing a dye polymer. [Means to solve the problem]

本發明者等人進行詳細研究的結果,發現藉由使用n個含有具有色素結構的重複單元的聚合物鏈鍵結於n價的連結基上的色素多聚體,可獲得耐光性、色移性及平坦性優異的著色組成物,從而完成了本發明。因此,本發明提供以下者。 <1> 一種著色組成物,其包括由通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體、及聚合性化合物;   P-(Q)n ···(1)   通式(1)中,P表示n價的連結基, Q表示含有具有色素結構的重複單元的聚合物鏈, n個Q的具有色素結構的重複單元的個數的平均值為兩個以上, n表示3~10的整數。 <2> 如<1>所述的著色組成物,其中由通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體由通式(2)表示; [化1]

Figure 02_image001
通式(2)中,A1 表示n價的連結基, B1 表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-O2 C-、-CO2 -、-NROC-、或-CONR-, R表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, C1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基, S表示硫原子, Q表示含有具有色素結構的重複單元的聚合物鏈, n個Q的具有色素結構的重複單元的個數的平均值為兩個以上, n表示3~10的整數。 <3> 如<2>所述的著色組成物,其中A1 為包含選自主鏈上可具有氧原子的脂肪族烴基、芳香族環基及雜環基中的一種或兩種以上的組合的基。 <4> 如<1>至<3>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中色素多聚體於400 nm~800 nm內的最大吸收波長中的由下述式(Aλ)所表示的比吸光度為5以上;   E=A/(c×l)···(Aλ)   式(Aλ)中,E表示於400 nm~800 nm內的最大吸收波長中的比吸光度, A表示於400 nm~800 nm內的最大吸收波長中的吸光度, l表示單位由cm表示的單元長度, c表示單位由mg/ml表示的溶液中的色素多聚體的濃度。 <5> 如<1>至<4>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,含有色素多聚體1質量%~50質量%。 <6> 如<1>至<5>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中色素多聚體為使由通式(3)所表示的化合物、與具有色素結構及自由基聚合性基的化合物進行自由基聚合所獲得者。   P0 -(SH)n ···(3)   通式(3)中,P0 表示n價的連結基, SH表示硫醇基, n表示3~10的整數。 <7> 如<1>至<6>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其更包括色素多聚體以外的色素。 <8> 如<1>至<7>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其更包括光聚合起始劑。 <9> 如<1>至<8>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中Q具有源自選自三芳基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、蒽醌色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素、亞酞菁色素、偶氮色素及二吡咯亞甲基色素中的色素的色素結構。 <10> 如<1>至<9>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中Q含有選自具有酸基的重複單元及具有聚合性基的重複單元中的一種以上。 <11> 如<1>至<10>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中Q為選自(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、苯乙烯系樹脂、及(甲基)丙烯酸/苯乙烯系樹脂中的一種。 <12> 一種彩色濾光器,其使用如<1>至<11>中任一項所述的著色組成物而形成。 <13> 一種圖案形成方法,其包括:將如<1>至<11>中任一項所述的著色組成物應用於支撐體上來形成著色組成物層的步驟;將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及將曝光成圖案狀的所述著色組成物層的未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 <14> 一種圖案形成方法,其包括:將如<1>至<11>中任一項所述的著色組成物應用於支撐體上來形成著色組成物層,並使其硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於著色層上形成光阻劑層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影來將光阻劑層加以圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾式蝕刻而形成著色圖案的步驟。 <15> 一種彩色濾光器的製造方法,其包括如<13>或<14>所述的圖案形成方法。 <16> 一種固態攝影元件,其包括如<12>所述的彩色濾光器、或藉由如<15>所述的彩色濾光器的製造方法所獲得的彩色濾光器。 <17> 一種影像顯示裝置,其包括如<12>所述的彩色濾光器、或藉由如<15>所述的彩色濾光器的製造方法所獲得的彩色濾光器。 <18> 一種色素多聚體的製造方法,其包括使由通式(3)所表示的化合物、與具有色素結構及自由基聚合性基的化合物進行自由基聚合。   P0 -(SH)n ···(3)   通式(3)中,P0 表示n價的連結基, SH表示硫醇基, n表示3~10的整數。 [發明的效果]As a result of detailed investigations by the present inventors, it has been found that by using a pigment polymer in which n polymer chains containing a repeating unit having a pigment structure are bonded to an n-valent linking group, light resistance and color shift can be obtained The present invention has been completed by a coloring composition excellent in properties and flatness. Therefore, the present invention provides the following. <1> A coloring composition including a pigment polymer represented by the general formula (1) and a polymerizable compound; P-(Q) n ··· (1) In the general formula (1), P represents An n-valent linking group, Q represents a polymer chain containing a repeating unit having a dye structure, the average number of n Q repeating units having a dye structure is two or more, and n represents an integer of 3-10. <2> The coloring composition as described in <1>, wherein the pigment polymer represented by the general formula (1) is represented by the general formula (2);
Figure 02_image001
In the general formula (2), A 1 represents an n-valent linking group, and B 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -O 2 C-, -CO 2 -,- NROC- or -CONR-, R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, C 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, S represents a sulfur atom, and Q represents a polymer chain containing a repeating unit having a pigment structure, The average value of the number of n Q repeating units having a dye structure is two or more, and n represents an integer of 3-10. <3> The coloring composition according to <2>, wherein A 1 is one or a combination of two or more selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic ring groups, and heterocyclic groups that may have an oxygen atom in the main chain base. <4> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, in which the maximum absorption wavelength of the pigment polymer in the range of 400 nm to 800 nm is represented by the following formula (Aλ) The specific absorbance is 5 or more; E=A/(c×l)... (Aλ) In the formula (Aλ), E represents the specific absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength within 400 nm to 800 nm, and A represents 400 nm The absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength within ~800 nm, l represents the unit length in cm and c represents the concentration of the pigment polymer in the solution in mg/ml. <5> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the coloring polymer contains 1% by mass to 50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition. <6> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the pigment polymer is a compound represented by the general formula (3) and has a pigment structure and a radical polymerizable group The compound obtained by radical polymerization. P 0 -(SH) n (3) In the general formula (3), P 0 represents an n-valent linking group, SH represents a thiol group, and n represents an integer of 3-10. <7> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which further includes a pigment other than the pigment polymer. <8> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, which further includes a photopolymerization initiator. <9> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein Q has a source derived from a triarylmethane pigment, a xanthene pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a cyanine pigment, a squarylium The pigment structure of the pigment in the salt color, quinophthalone color, phthalocyanine color, subphthalocyanine color, azo color, and dipyrromethene color. <10> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein Q contains one or more kinds selected from a repeating unit having an acid group and a repeating unit having a polymerizable group. <11> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein Q is selected from (meth)acrylic resins, styrene resins, and (meth)acrylic/styrene resins One of resins. <12> A color filter formed using the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <11>. <13> A pattern forming method, comprising: applying the coloring composition as described in any one of <1> to <11> to a support to form a coloring composition layer; exposing the coloring composition layer to A pattern-like step; and a step of developing and removing the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer exposed in a pattern to form a colored pattern. <14> A pattern forming method including: applying the coloring composition as described in any one of <1> to <11> to a support to form a coloring composition layer, and hardening it to form a coloring layer Step; forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and using the resist pattern as an etching mask The step of dry etching the colored layer to form a colored pattern. <15> A method for manufacturing a color filter, including the pattern forming method described in <13> or <14>. <16> A solid-state imaging element including the color filter described in <12> or the color filter obtained by the method for manufacturing a color filter described in <15>. <17> An image display device including the color filter described in <12> or the color filter obtained by the method of manufacturing a color filter described in <15>. <18> A method for producing a dye polymer, which includes radically polymerizing a compound represented by the general formula (3) and a compound having a dye structure and a radical polymerizable group. P 0 -(SH) n (3) In the general formula (3), P 0 represents an n-valent linking group, SH represents a thiol group, and n represents an integer of 3-10. [Effect of invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種耐光性、色移性及平坦性優異的著色組成物。另外,可提供一種彩色濾光器、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光器的製造方法、固態攝影元件、影像顯示裝置及色素多聚體的製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring composition excellent in light resistance, color shift and flatness. In addition, a method for manufacturing a color filter, a pattern forming method, a method for manufacturing a color filter, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and a dye polymer can be provided.

以下, 對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。於本說明書中的基( 原子團) 的表述中, 未記載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具有取代基的基( 原子團),並且亦包含具有取代基的基( 原子團)。例如, 所謂「烷基」, 不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基( 未經取代的烷基),亦包含具有取代基的烷基( 經取代的烷基)。於本說明書中,光是指光化射線或放射線。另外,「光化射線」或「放射線」是指例如水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線( 極紫外( Extreme Ultraviolet,EUV)光)、X 射線、電子束等。於本說明書中, 只要事先無特別說明, 則「曝光」不僅包含利用水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、X 射線、EUV 光等進行的曝光, 利用電子束、離子束等粒子束進行的描繪亦包含於曝光中。於本說明書中,使用「~ 」來表示的數值範圍是指包含「~ 」的前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的範圍。於本說明書中, 所謂總固體成分, 是指自著色組成物的總組成中去除溶劑後的成分的總質量。 於本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯的兩者、或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯酸基」表示丙烯酸基及甲基丙烯酸基的兩者、或任一者,「(甲基)烯丙基」表示烯丙基及甲基烯丙基的兩者、或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的兩者、或任一者。於本說明書中, 所謂聚合性化合物, 是指具有聚合性官能基的化合物, 可為單體, 亦可為聚合物。所謂聚合性官能基, 是指參與聚合反應的基。於本說明書中, 化學式中的Me 表示甲基, Et 表示乙基, Pr表示丙基,Bu 表示丁基, Ph 表示苯基。於本說明書中,「步驟」這一用語不僅是指獨立的步驟,即便於無法與其他步驟明確地加以區分的情形下, 只要達成該步驟的預期的作用, 則亦包含於本用語中。於本說明書中, 重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量作為藉由凝膠滲透層析法(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC) 測定所得的聚苯乙烯換算值來定義。於本說明書中, 重量平均分子量(Mw) 及數量平均分子量(Mn) 例如可藉由如下方式來求出:使用HLC-8220( 東曹(Tosoh)( 股份)製造),並將TSKgel SuperAWM-H( 東曹( 股份) 製造, 6.0 mm 內徑( Inner Diameter,ID)× 15.0 cm) 用作管柱, 將10 mmol/L 的溴化鋰N-甲基吡咯啶酮(N-Methylpyrrolidinone,NMP) 溶液用作溶離液。Hereinafter, the content of the present invention will be described in detail. In the description of the group (atom group) in this specification, the unrepresented and unsubstituted expression includes a group (atom group) without a substituent, and also includes a group (atom group) with a substituent. For example, the so-called "alkyl" includes not only an unsubstituted alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl group), but also a substituted alkyl group (substituted alkyl group). In this specification, light refers to actinic rays or radiation. In addition, "actinic rays" or "radiation" refers to, for example, the bright line spectrum of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) light), X-rays, and electron beams Wait. In this manual, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far-ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also using electron beams, ions Drawing by particle beams such as beams is also included in the exposure. In this specification, the numerical range indicated by "~" refers to a range including the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of components after removing the solvent from the total composition of the coloring composition. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylate" means both of acrylate and methacrylate, Or any one, "(meth)allyl" means both allyl and methallyl, or any one, "(meth)acryl acetyl" means propylene acetyl and methacrylic Either of the two, or either. In this specification, the polymerizable compound refers to a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group participating in a polymerization reaction. In this specification, Me in the chemical formula represents methyl, Et represents ethyl, Pr represents propyl, Bu represents butyl, and Ph represents phenyl. In this specification, the term "step" not only refers to an independent step, but even in the case where it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the expected effect of the step is achieved, it is also included in this term. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene conversion values measured by gel permeation chromatography (Gel Permeation Chromatography, GPC). In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be determined, for example, by using HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh (shares)) and using TSKgel SuperAWM-H (Made by Tosoh Corporation, 6.0 mm ID (Inner Diameter, ID) × 15.0 cm) Used as a column, used 10 mmol/L lithium bromide N-Methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) solution For dissolution.

<著色組成物> 本發明的著色組成物含有後述的由通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體、及聚合性化合物。 藉由設為所述構成,可提供耐光性、色移性及平坦性優異的著色組成物。 可獲得此種效果的理由尚不明確,但可認為後述的由通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體因n個含有具有色素結構的重複單元的聚合物鏈鍵結於n價的連結基上,故與直鏈結構的色素多聚體相比,可減少具有色素結構的聚合物鏈彼此的纏繞。因此,可認為色素多聚體難以凝聚,可獲得平坦性優異的膜。另外,可認為因色素結構被導入至聚合物鏈中,故色素難以擴散,色移性亦優異。另外,可認為藉由製成色素多聚體,與顏料等其他分子的吸附性能提昇,容易引起分子間的能量移動,藉此耐光性亦優異。 另外,例如當藉由光微影法來進行圖案形成時,可減少具有色素結構的聚合物鏈彼此的纏繞,因此可使顯影液的滲入變得良好,顯影速度快,亦可使顯影殘渣難以產生。以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。<Coloring composition> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a pigment polymer represented by the general formula (1) described later and a polymerizable compound. By setting it as the said structure, the coloring composition excellent in light resistance, color shift property, and flatness can be provided. The reason why such an effect is obtained is not clear, but it can be considered that the pigment multimer represented by the general formula (1) described later is bound to an n-valent link by n polymer chains containing a repeating unit having a pigment structure. Basically, it is possible to reduce the entanglement of polymer chains having a pigment structure compared to a pigment polymer having a linear structure. Therefore, it is considered that the pigment polymer is hard to aggregate and a film with excellent flatness can be obtained. In addition, it is considered that since the dye structure is introduced into the polymer chain, it is difficult for the dye to diffuse and the color shift property is also excellent. In addition, it is considered that by making the pigment multimer, the adsorption performance with other molecules such as pigments is improved, and it is easy to cause energy movement between the molecules, thereby also being excellent in light resistance. In addition, for example, when patterning is performed by photolithography, the entanglement of polymer chains having a pigment structure can be reduced, so that the penetration of the developer can be improved, the development speed is fast, and the development residue can also be difficult produce. Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.

<<由通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體>> 本發明的著色組成物含有由下述通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體(以下,有時簡稱為「色素多聚體(A)」)。<<Dye multimer represented by general formula (1)>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a dye multimer represented by the following general formula (1) (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as "pigment multimer" Body (A)").

色素多聚體(A)較佳為於400 nm~800 nm的範圍內存在最大吸收波長。於本發明的著色組成物中,色素多聚體(A)例如作為著色劑發揮功能。The pigment polymer (A) preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 400 nm to 800 nm. In the coloring composition of the present invention, the pigment polymer (A) functions as a colorant, for example.

P-(Q)n ···(1) 通式(1)中,P表示n價的連結基, Q表示含有具有色素結構的重複單元的聚合物鏈, n個Q的具有色素結構的重複單元的個數的平均值為兩個以上, n表示3~10的整數。P-(Q) n ··· (1) In the general formula (1), P represents an n-valent linking group, Q represents a polymer chain containing a repeating unit having a dye structure, and n Q repeats having a dye structure The average value of the number of units is two or more, and n represents an integer of 3-10.

<<<連結基P>>> 通式(1)中,P表示n價的連結基。 作為n價的連結基,包括包含1個~100個碳原子、0個~10個氮原子、0個~50個氧原子、1個~200個氫原子、及0個~20個硫原子的基,可未經取代,亦可進一步具有取代基。 P所表示的n價的連結基較佳為包含1個~60個碳原子、0個~10個氮原子、0個~40個氧原子、1個~120個氫原子、及0個~10個硫原子的基。更佳為包含1個~50個碳原子、0個~10個氮原子、0個~30個氧原子、1個~100個氫原子、及0個~7個硫原子的基。進而更佳為包含1個~40個碳原子、0個~8個氮原子、0個~20個氧原子、1個~80個氫原子、及0個~5個硫原子的基。 P所表示的n價的連結基較佳為自多元醇衍生出的連結基。<<<Linking group P>>> In the general formula (1), P represents an n-valent linking group. The n-valent linking group includes those containing 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 sulfur atoms The group may be unsubstituted or may further have a substituent. The n-valent linking group represented by P preferably contains 1 to 60 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 40 oxygen atoms, 1 to 120 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 10 A group of sulfur atoms. More preferably, it is a group containing 1 to 50 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 30 oxygen atoms, 1 to 100 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 7 sulfur atoms. Even more preferably, it is a group containing 1 to 40 carbon atoms, 0 to 8 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 20 oxygen atoms, 1 to 80 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 5 sulfur atoms. The n-valent linking group represented by P is preferably a linking group derived from a polyol.

於本發明中,由通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體較佳為由通式(2)表示。 [化2]

Figure 02_image003
通式(2)中,A1 表示n價的連結基, B1 表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-O2 C-、-CO2 -、-NROC-、或-CONR-, R表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, C1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基, S表示硫原子, Q表示含有具有色素結構的重複單元的聚合物鏈, n個Q的具有色素結構的重複單元的個數的平均值為兩個以上, n表示3~10的整數。In the present invention, the pigment polymer represented by the general formula (1) is preferably represented by the general formula (2). [Chem 2]
Figure 02_image003
In the general formula (2), A 1 represents an n-valent linking group, and B 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -O 2 C-, -CO 2 -,- NROC- or -CONR-, R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, C 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, S represents a sulfur atom, and Q represents a polymer chain containing a repeating unit having a pigment structure, The average value of the number of n Q repeating units having a dye structure is two or more, and n represents an integer of 3-10.

再者,除通式(2)中的Q以外的下式(2a)的結構相當於通式(1)中的連結基P。*表示與Q的鍵結位置。 [化3]

Figure 02_image005
In addition, the structure of the following formula (2a) other than Q in the general formula (2) corresponds to the linking group P in the general formula (1). * Indicates the bonding position with Q. [Chemical 3]
Figure 02_image005

通式(2)中,A1 表示n價的連結基。 作為n價的連結基,較佳為包含選自主鏈上可具有氧原子的脂肪族烴基、芳香族環基及雜環基中的一種或兩種以上的組合的基。 作為脂肪族烴基,可列舉伸烷基、伸烯基。伸烷基的碳數例如較佳為1~60,更佳為1~30。伸烯基的碳數例如較佳為1~60,更佳為1~30。 作為主鏈上具有氧原子的脂肪族烴基,可列舉由-(ORx1 )m -、-(Rx1 O)m -所表示的基。主鏈上具有氧原子的脂肪族烴基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。再者,所謂主鏈,是指連結基的骨架部分,不包含取代基。 Rx1 表示伸烷基或伸烯基。m表示1以上的整數,當m為2以上時,m個Rx1 可相同,亦可不同。 Rx1 所表示的伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~10,進而更佳為1~5。伸烷基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。 Rx1 所表示的伸烯基的碳數較佳為2~20,更佳為2~10,進而更佳為2~5。伸烯基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。 芳香族環基可為單環,亦可為多環。作為芳香族環,例如可列舉苯環、萘環、蒽環、

Figure 02_image007
環、三伸苯環、茀環、聯苯環等,較佳為苯環。 雜環基較佳為5員環或6員環。雜環基可為單環,亦可為多環。作為雜環基中所含有的雜原子,可例示氮原子、氧原子、硫原子。較佳為氮原子。雜原子的數量較佳為1~3。作為雜環,例如可列舉三聚氰酸環、三嗪環、噁烷環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡嗪環、嘧啶環、噠嗪環、吲嗪環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹嗪環、喹啉環、酞嗪環、萘啶環、喹噁啉環、喹噁唑啉環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻蒽環、色烯環、呫噸環、啡噁噻環、啡噻嗪環、啡嗪環,較佳為三聚氰酸環、三嗪環、噁烷環。 A1 所表示的n價的連結基可較佳地列舉主鏈上可具有氧原子的烴基、芳香族環基、雜環基、主鏈上可具有氧原子的烴基與芳香族環基的組合、主鏈上可具有氧原子的烴基與雜環基的組合等。 作為A1 為芳香族環基、雜環基、主鏈上可具有氧原子的烴基與芳香族環基的組合、或主鏈上可具有氧原子的烴基與雜環基的組合時的連結基P(所述式(2a)),例如可列舉以下者。 [化4]
Figure 02_image009
式中,X表示主鏈上可具有氧原子的烴基, B1 表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-O2 C-、-CO2 -、-NROC-、或-CONR-, R表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, C1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基, S表示硫原子, n表示3以上的整數。 *表示與Q的鍵結位置。In the general formula (2), A 1 represents an n-valent linking group. The n-valent linking group is preferably a group containing one kind or a combination of two or more kinds selected from an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic ring group and a heterocyclic group which may have an oxygen atom in the main chain. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include alkylene groups and alkenyl groups. The carbon number of the alkylene group is, for example, preferably 1 to 60, more preferably 1 to 30. The carbon number of the alkenyl group is, for example, preferably 1 to 60, more preferably 1 to 30. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an oxygen atom in the main chain include groups represented by -(OR x1 ) m -and -(R x1 O) m -. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an oxygen atom in the main chain may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. In addition, the main chain refers to the skeleton portion of the linking group, and does not include a substituent. R x1 represents alkylene or alkenyl. m represents an integer of 1 or more, and when m is 2 or more, m R x1 may be the same or different. The carbon number of the alkylene group represented by R x1 is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and still more preferably 1-5. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The carbon number of the alkenylene group represented by R x1 is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-10, and still more preferably 2-5. The alkenylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The aromatic ring group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aromatic ring include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring,
Figure 02_image007
The ring, triphenylene ring, stilbene ring, biphenyl ring and the like are preferably benzene rings. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the hetero atom contained in the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. It is preferably a nitrogen atom. The number of hetero atoms is preferably 1 to 3. Examples of the heterocyclic ring include cyanuric acid ring, triazine ring, oxane ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, Pyridazine ring, indazine ring, indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinazine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoline Oxazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, morphine ring, acridine ring, morpholine ring, thioanthracene ring, chromene ring, xanthene ring, phenoxazine ring, phenothiazine ring, phenothiazine ring, phenazine The ring is preferably a cyanuric acid ring, a triazine ring, or an oxane ring. The n-valent linking group represented by A 1 is preferably a combination of a hydrocarbon group which may have an oxygen atom in the main chain, an aromatic ring group, a heterocyclic group, and a combination of a hydrocarbon group which may have an oxygen atom in the main chain and an aromatic ring group , Combination of hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic group which may have an oxygen atom in the main chain, etc. The linking group when A 1 is an aromatic cyclic group, heterocyclic group, a combination of a hydrocarbon group having an oxygen atom in the main chain and an aromatic ring group, or a combination of a hydrocarbon group having an oxygen atom in the main chain and a heterocyclic group P (the formula (2a)) includes, for example, the following. [Chemical 4]
Figure 02_image009
In the formula, X represents a hydrocarbon group that may have an oxygen atom in the main chain, B 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -O 2 C-, -CO 2 -, -NROC -, or -CONR-, R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, C 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, S represents a sulfur atom, and n represents an integer of 3 or more. * Indicates the bonding position with Q.

通式(2)中,B1 表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-O2 C-、-CO2 -、-NROC-、或-CONR-,較佳為單鍵、-O-、-CO-、-O2 C-、-CO2 -、-NROC-、或-CONR-。 R表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。 R所表示的烷基的碳數較佳為1~30,更佳為1~10。烷基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。 R所表示的芳基的碳數較佳為6~30,更佳為6~12。 R較佳為氫原子或烷基,更佳為氫原子。In the general formula (2), B 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -O 2 C-, -CO 2 -, -NROC-, or -CONR-. Preferably, it is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -O 2 C-, -CO 2 -, -NROC-, or -CONR-. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The carbon number of the aryl group represented by R is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-12. R is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(2)中,C1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 作為二價的連結基,較佳為伸烷基、伸芳基、氧基伸烷基,更佳為伸烷基或氧基伸烷基。 伸烷基、氧基伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~30,更佳為1~10。烷基、氧基伸烷基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。 伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~30,更佳為6~12。In the general formula (2), C 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is preferably an alkylene group, an aryl group, an oxyalkylene group, and more preferably an alkylene group or an oxyalkylene group. The carbon number of the alkylene group and the oxyalkylene group is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 10. The alkyl group and the oxyalkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The carbon number of the arylene group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-12.

以下表示P所表示的n價的連結基的具體例。但是,於本發明中,並不受該些具體例限制。The following shows specific examples of the n-valent linking group represented by P. However, in the present invention, it is not limited by these specific examples.

[化5]

Figure 02_image011
[Chem 5]
Figure 02_image011

[化6]

Figure 02_image013
[化6]
Figure 02_image013

[化7]

Figure 02_image015
[化7]
Figure 02_image015

n價的連結基較佳為所述(P-1)~(P-8)、(P-16)~(P-20)、(P-22)~(P-32)。The n-valent linking group is preferably the aforementioned (P-1) to (P-8), (P-16) to (P-20), and (P-22) to (P-32).

<<<聚合物鏈Q>>> Q所表示的聚合物鏈表示含有具有色素結構的重複單元的聚合物鏈,n個Q的具有色素結構的重複單元的個數的平均值為兩個以上。關於通式(1)或通式(2)中所含有的n個Q,每一個所述Q含有兩個以上的具有色素結構的重複單元。由通式(1)或通式(2)所表示的色素多聚體含有2n個以上的具有色素結構的重複單元。n個Q可相同,亦可不同。 Q所表示的聚合物鏈較佳為具有色素結構的重複單元的平均值為2個~20個,更佳為2個~15個,進而更佳為2個~10個。 具有色素結構的重複單元的個數的平均值可藉由核磁共振(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance,NMR)來求出。具體而言,例如根據由P所表示的n價的連結基與聚合物鏈Q的重複單元的峰值面積比,求出通式(1)中的重複單元的個數。其次,使該值除以n,藉此可算出聚合物鏈Q中的重複單元的個數。 聚合物鏈Q的重量平均分子量較佳為1,000~100,000,更佳為1000~30000,特佳為1000~10000。<<<polymer chain Q>>> The polymer chain represented by Q represents a polymer chain containing a repeating unit having a dye structure, and the average number of n Q repeating units having a dye structure is two or more . Regarding the n Qs contained in the general formula (1) or the general formula (2), each of the Q contains two or more repeating units having a pigment structure. The dye multimer represented by the general formula (1) or the general formula (2) contains 2n or more repeating units having a dye structure. The n Qs can be the same or different. The polymer chain represented by Q preferably has an average value of 2 to 20 repeating units having a pigment structure, more preferably 2 to 15 and even more preferably 2 to 10. The average value of the number of repeating units having a pigment structure can be obtained by Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR). Specifically, for example, the number of repeating units in the general formula (1) is obtained from the ratio of the peak area ratio of the n-valent linking group represented by P and the repeating unit of the polymer chain Q. Next, by dividing this value by n, the number of repeating units in the polymer chain Q can be calculated. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain Q is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 1,000 to 10,000.

各重複單元所具有的色素結構可為相同的色素結構,亦可為骨架相同,但取代基、中心金屬等不同的色素結構,亦可為骨架不同的色素結構。 另外,當色素結構具有陽離子與陰離子時,陽離子與陰離子可位於聚合物鏈Q所具有的色素結構的同一分子內,亦可位於色素結構的分子外。再者,所謂於色素結構的同一分子內具有陽離子與陰離子,是指陽離子與陰離子經由共價鍵進行鍵結的情況。另外,所謂於色素結構的分子外具有陰離子,是指陽離子與陰離子不經由共價鍵進行鍵結,而作為其他化合物存在的情況。以下,將色素結構的分子外的陰離子亦稱為抗衡陰離子。The coloring matter structure of each repeating unit may have the same coloring matter structure or the same skeleton, but different coloring matter structures such as substituents and central metals may also have different coloring matter structures. In addition, when the dye structure has a cation and an anion, the cation and anion may be located in the same molecule as the dye structure of the polymer chain Q, or may be located outside the molecule of the dye structure. In addition, having a cation and an anion in the same molecule of the dye structure means that the cation and anion are bonded via a covalent bond. In addition, having an anion outside the molecule of the dye structure means that the cation and the anion do not bond via a covalent bond, but exist as other compounds. Hereinafter, the anions outside the molecule of the pigment structure are also referred to as counter anions.

Q所表示的聚合物鏈只要包含色素結構,則並無特別規定,較佳為選自(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、苯乙烯系樹脂、及(甲基)丙烯酸/苯乙烯系樹脂中的一種。 再者,所謂(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂,是指含有(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分的樹脂。所謂含有(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分,是指於(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂中,較佳為含有50質量%以上的(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,更佳為含有60質量%以上,特佳為含有70質量%以上。 另外,所謂苯乙烯系樹脂,是指含有苯乙烯樹脂作為主成分的樹脂。所謂含有苯乙烯樹脂作為主成分,是指於苯乙烯系樹脂中,較佳為含有50質量%以上的苯乙烯樹脂,更佳為含有60質量%以上,特佳為含有70質量%以上。 另外,所謂(甲基)丙烯酸/苯乙烯系樹脂,是指含有(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂及苯乙烯樹脂作為主成分的樹脂。所謂含有(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂及苯乙烯樹脂作為主成分,是指於(甲基)丙烯酸/苯乙烯系樹脂中,較佳為合計含有50質量%以上的(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂及苯乙烯樹脂,更佳為含有60質量%以上,特佳為含有70質量%以上。 以下,對聚合物鏈Q進行詳細說明。The polymer chain represented by Q is not particularly limited as long as it contains a pigment structure, and is preferably one selected from (meth)acrylic resins, styrene resins, and (meth)acrylic/styrene resins . In addition, the (meth)acrylic resin refers to a resin containing (meth)acrylic resin as a main component. The inclusion of (meth)acrylic resin as the main component means that the (meth)acrylic resin preferably contains 50% by mass or more of (meth)acrylic resin, and more preferably contains 60% by mass or more. Preferably, it contains 70% by mass or more. In addition, the styrene-based resin refers to a resin containing styrene resin as a main component. The inclusion of styrene resin as a main component means that the styrene-based resin preferably contains 50% by mass or more of styrene resin, more preferably contains 60% by mass or more, and particularly preferably contains 70% by mass or more. In addition, the (meth)acrylic/styrene-based resin refers to a resin containing (meth)acrylic resin and styrene resin as main components. Containing (meth)acrylic resin and styrene resin as main components means that (meth)acrylic/styrene-based resin preferably contains 50% by mass or more of (meth)acrylic resin and styrene in total The resin preferably contains 60% by mass or more, and particularly preferably contains 70% by mass or more. Hereinafter, the polymer chain Q will be described in detail.

<<<<具有色素結構的重複單元的骨架結構>>>> 作為具有色素結構的重複單元的骨架結構,並無特別規定,較佳為將日本專利特開2013-28764號的段落號0276~段落號0304中所示的由通式(A)、通式(B)、及通式(C)所表示的構成單元的至少一者作為骨架,或者較佳為由通式(D)所表示的色素多聚體。日本專利特開2013-28764號的段落號0276~段落號0304的記載可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 於本發明中,較佳為含有由下述通式(a1-1)所表示的重複單元。 另外,構成聚合物鏈Q的所有重複單元中的具有色素結構的重複單元的合計較佳為5莫耳%~60莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~50莫耳%,進而更佳為20莫耳%~40莫耳%。<<Framework structure of a repeating unit having a pigment structure>>>> As the frame structure of a repeating unit having a pigment structure, there is no particular limitation, and it is preferable to set paragraph number 0276 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-28764 to At least one of the structural units represented by general formula (A), general formula (B), and general formula (C) shown in paragraph number 0304 is used as a skeleton, or preferably represented by general formula (D) Pigment multimers. The description of paragraph number 0276 to paragraph number 0304 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-28764 can be incorporated into the specification of this application. In the present invention, it is preferable to contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (a1-1). In addition, the total of repeating units having a pigment structure in all repeating units constituting the polymer chain Q is preferably 5 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 10 mol% to 50 mol%, and still more preferably It is 20 mol% to 40 mol%.

[化8]

Figure 02_image017
[Chem 8]
Figure 02_image017

通式(a1-1)中,Q1 表示三價的連結基,L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基,D1 表示色素結構,「*」表示與主鏈的結合鍵。In the general formula (a1-1), Q 1 represents a trivalent linking group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, D 1 represents a dye structure, and “*” represents a binding bond to the main chain.

通式(a1-1)中,Q1 表示三價的連結基。Q1 為藉由聚合所形成的連結基,且是指形成相當於藉由聚合反應所形成的主鏈的重複單元的部分。再者,由2個「*」所表示的部位成為重複單元。 作為Q1 ,只要是由公知的可進行聚合的單體形成的連結基,則並無特別限制,尤其較佳為由下述(XX-1)~下述(XX-24)所表示的連結基,更佳為自由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、由(XX-10)~(XX-17)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈、由(XX-18)及(XX-19)、及(XX-24)所表示的乙烯基系連結鏈中選擇,進而佳為自由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、由(XX-10)~(XX-17)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈、由(XX-24)所表示的乙烯基系連結鏈中選擇,進而更佳為由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、以及由(XX-11)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈。 (XX-1)~(XX-24)中,表示在由*所表示的部位與L1 連結。 Me表示甲基。另外,(XX-18)及(XX-19)中的R表示氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基或苯基。In the general formula (a1-1), Q 1 represents a trivalent linking group. Q 1 is a linking group formed by polymerization, and refers to a portion that forms a repeating unit corresponding to the main chain formed by polymerization. In addition, the parts indicated by the two "*" become repeating units. Q 1 is not particularly limited as long as it is a linking group formed from a well-known polymerizable monomer, and it is particularly preferably a link represented by the following (XX-1) to the following (XX-24) The radical is more preferably a (meth)acrylic link chain represented by (XX-1) and (XX-2), a styrene link chain represented by (XX-10) to (XX-17), It is selected from vinyl chains represented by (XX-18), (XX-19), and (XX-24), preferably (A) represented by (XX-1) and (XX-2) Group) acrylic link chain, styrene link chain represented by (XX-10) to (XX-17), vinyl link chain represented by (XX-24), and more preferably (XX-1) and (XX-2) the (meth)acrylic-based connecting chain and the styrene-based connecting chain represented by (XX-11). (XX-1) to (XX-24) indicate that L 1 is connected to the portion indicated by *. Me represents methyl. In addition, R in (XX-18) and (XX-19) represents a hydrogen atom, a C 1-5 alkyl group or a phenyl group.

[化9]

Figure 02_image019
[化10]
Figure 02_image021
[化9]
Figure 02_image019
[化10]
Figure 02_image021

通式(a1-1)中,L1 分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 作為二價的連結基,表示碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的伸烷基(例如亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、伸丙基、伸丁基等)、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的伸芳基(例如伸苯基、伸萘基等)、經取代或未經取代的雜環基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO2 -、-NR-、-CONR-、-O2 C-、-SO-、-SO2 -、以及將該些的兩個以上加以連結而形成的連結基。另外,L1 為含有陰離子的構成亦較佳。L1 更佳為單鍵或伸烷基,進而更佳為單鍵或-(CH2 )n -(n為1~5的整數)。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。 D1 表示源自後述的色素化合物的色素結構。In the general formula (a1-1), L 1 independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. As a divalent linking group, it represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (eg, methylene, ethylidene, trimethylene, propylidene, butylidene, etc.), carbon number 6-30 substituted or unsubstituted aryl aryl groups (such as phenyl phenyl, naphthyl, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic groups, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S- , -C(=O)-, -CO 2 -, -NR-, -CONR-, -O 2 C-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, and these two or more Link base. In addition, L 1 is preferably a structure containing anions. L 1 is more preferably a single bond or an alkylene group, and further preferably a single bond or -(CH 2 ) n- (n is an integer of 1 to 5). Here, R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. D 1 represents a dye structure derived from a dye compound described later.

<<<<色素結構>>>> 作為色素結構,並無特別限制,可應用包含公知的色素結構的各種色素結構。 關於可形成色素結構的具體的色素化合物,於「新版染料便覽」(有機合成化學協會編;丸善,1970)、「染料索引(Colour Index)」(英國染色工作者學會(The Society of Dyers and colourists))、「色素手冊」(大河原等編;講談社,1986)等中有記載。 例如可列舉源自如下的色素的色素結構等,所述色素選自醌色素(苯醌色素、萘醌色素、蒽醌色素、蒽吡啶酮色素等)、碳鎓色素(二芳基甲烷色素、三芳基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、吖啶色素等)、醌亞胺色素(噁嗪色素、噻嗪(thiazine)色素等)、吖嗪(azine)色素、聚次甲基色素(氧雜菁色素、部花青色素、亞芳基色素、苯乙烯基色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、克酮鎓色素等)、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素、亞酞菁色素、紫環酮色素、靛藍色素、硫靛青色素、喹啉色素、硝基色素、亞硝基色素、二吡咯亞甲基色素、偶氮色素及該些的金屬錯合物色素。 該些色素結構之中,就分色性、耐光性的觀點而言,較佳為選自三芳基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、蒽醌色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素、亞酞菁色素、偶氮色素及二吡咯亞甲基色素中的色素結構,更佳為選自三芳基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、蒽醌色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素、亞酞菁色素、偶氮色素及二吡咯亞甲基色素中的色素結構,進而更佳為三芳基甲烷色素、呫噸色素。Q所表示的聚合物鏈中所含有的色素結構可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。 以下,對可較佳地用於本發明的色素結構進行具體說明。<<<<Dye Structure>>>> The dye structure is not particularly limited, and various dye structures including known dye structures can be applied. For specific pigment compounds that can form pigment structures, in the "New Dyestuff Handbook" (Edited by the Society of Organic Synthetic Chemistry; Maruzen, 1970) and "Colour Index" (The Society of Dyers and colourists )), "Pigment Handbook" (edited by Ogawara et al.; Kodansha, 1986), etc. For example, a pigment structure derived from a pigment selected from quinone pigments (benzoquinone pigments, naphthoquinone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, anthrapyridone pigments, etc.), carbonium pigments (diarylmethane pigments, Triarylmethane pigments, xanthene pigments, acridine pigments, etc.), quinone imine pigments (oxazine pigments, thiazine pigments, etc.), azine pigments, polymethine pigments (oxacyanine pigments) , Cyanine pigments, arylene pigments, styrene pigments, cyanine pigments, squarylium salt pigments, ketonium pigments, etc.), quinophthalone pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, purple rings Ketone pigments, indigo pigments, thioindigo pigments, quinoline pigments, nitro pigments, nitroso pigments, dipyrromethene pigments, azo pigments and these metal complex pigments. Among these dye structures, from the viewpoint of color separation and light resistance, it is preferably selected from triarylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, anthraquinone dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, and quinophthalein The pigment structure of ketone pigment, phthalocyanine pigment, subphthalocyanine pigment, azo pigment and dipyrromethene pigment is more preferably selected from triarylmethane pigment, xanthene pigment, anthraquinone pigment, squarylium salt The pigment structure in the pigment, quinophthalone pigment, phthalocyanine pigment, subphthalocyanine pigment, azo pigment and dipyrromethene pigment is more preferably triarylmethane pigment or xanthene pigment. The pigment structure contained in the polymer chain represented by Q may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. Hereinafter, the dye structure that can be preferably used in the present invention will be specifically described.

<<<<<三芳基甲烷色素>>>>> 本發明中的色素結構的較佳的形態為具有源自三芳基甲烷色素(三芳基甲烷化合物)的部分結構者。作為三芳基甲烷色素,可列舉由下述式(TP)所表示的的化合物。所謂三芳基甲烷化合物,是指分子內具有含有三芳基甲烷骨架的色素結構的化合物的總稱。<<<<<Triarylmethane dye>>>> The preferred form of the dye structure in the present invention is one having a partial structure derived from a triarylmethane dye (triarylmethane compound). Examples of the triarylmethane dye include compounds represented by the following formula (TP). The triarylmethane compound refers to a general term for a compound having a pigment structure containing a triarylmethane skeleton in the molecule.

式(TP) [化11]

Figure 02_image023
Formula (TP) [Chem 11]
Figure 02_image023

式(TP)中,Rtp1 ~Rtp4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。Rtp5 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp9 Rtp10 (Rtp9 及Rtp10 表示氫原子、烷基或芳基)。Rtp6 、Rtp7 及Rtp8 表示取代基。a、b及c表示0~4的整數。當a、b及c為2以上時,Rtp6 、Rtp7 及Rtp8 可彼此連結而形成環。X- 表示陰離子結構。當不存在X- 時,Rtp1 ~Rtp7 的至少一個含有陰離子。In the formula (TP), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. Rtp 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or NRtp 9 Rtp 10 (Rtp 9 and Rtp 10 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group). Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 and Rtp 8 represent substituents. a, b and c represent integers from 0 to 4. When a, b and c are 2 or more, Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 and Rtp 8 may be linked to each other to form a ring. X - represents an anionic structure. When X - is not present, at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 7 contains an anion.

作為Rtp1 ~Rtp6 ,較佳為氫原子、碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基及苯基。Rtp5 較佳為氫原子或NRtp9 Rtp10 ,特佳為NRtp9 Rtp10 。Rtp9 及Rtp10 較佳為氫原子、碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基或苯基。Rtp6 、Rtp7 及Rtp8 所表示的取代基可使用後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基,尤其,較佳為碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳數1~5的烯基、碳數6~15的芳基、羧基或磺基,更佳為碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳數1~5的烯基、苯基或羧基。尤其,Rtp6 、Rtp8 較佳為碳數1~5的烷基,Rtp7 較佳為烯基(特佳為鄰接的2個烯基連結而成的苯基)、苯基或羧基。 a、b或c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數。尤其,a及b較佳為分別為0~1,c較佳為0~2的整數。Rtp 1 to Rtp 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a phenyl group. Rtp 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or NRtp 9 Rtp 10 , particularly preferably NRtp 9 Rtp 10 . Rtp 9 and Rtp 10 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. As the substituents represented by Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 and Rtp 8 , the substituents listed in the section of Substituent Group A described later can be used. In particular, a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred. C1-C5 alkenyl group, C6-C15 aryl group, carboxyl group or sulfo group, more preferably C1-C5 linear or branched alkyl group, C1-C5 alkenyl group, benzene Group or carboxyl group. In particular, Rtp 6 and Rtp 8 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and Rtp 7 is preferably an alkenyl group (particularly preferably a phenyl group formed by connecting two adjacent alkenyl groups), a phenyl group, or a carboxyl group. a, b, or c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4. In particular, a and b are preferably 0 to 1, and c is preferably an integer of 0 to 2.

當Rtp1 ~Rtp7 的至少一個含有陰離子時,作為陰離子,可列舉Rtp1 ~Rtp7 的至少一個經通式(P)取代的結構。 通式(P) [化12]

Figure 02_image025
通式(P)中,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基,X1 自選自-SO3 - 、-COO- 、-PO4 - 、含有由下述通式(A1)所表示的結構的基及含有由下述通式(A2)所表示的結構的基中的至少一種中選擇。 通式(A1) [化13]
Figure 02_image027
通式(A1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -或-CO-。 通式(A2) [化14]
Figure 02_image029
通式(A2)中,R3 表示-SO2 -或-CO-。R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -、-CO-或-CN。When at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 7 contains an anion, examples of the anion include at least one structure of Rtp 1 to Rtp 7 substituted with the general formula (P). General formula (P) [Chem. 12]
Figure 02_image025
In the general formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, X 1 managed from -SO 3 -, -COO -, -PO 4 -, structure represented by the following general formula (A1) represented contained At least one of a group and a group containing a structure represented by the following general formula (A2) is selected. General formula (A1) [Chem. 13]
Figure 02_image027
In the general formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -or -CO-. General formula (A2) [Chem. 14]
Figure 02_image029
In the general formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 -or -CO-. R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO-, or -CN.

通式(P)中,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,較佳為表示-NR10 -、-O-、-SO2 -、氟取代伸烷基、氟取代伸苯基或包含該些的組合的基。尤其,較佳為包含-NR10 -與-SO2 -及氟取代伸烷基的組合的基、包含-O-與氟取代伸苯基的組合的基、或包含-NR10 -與-SO2 -及氟取代伸苯基的組合的基。 於-NR10 -中,R10 表示氫原子或碳數1~5的烷基,較佳為氫原子。 氟取代伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,進而更佳為1~3。該些伸烷基更佳為全氟伸烷基。作為氟取代伸烷基的具體例,可列舉:二氟亞甲基、四氟伸乙基、六氟伸丙基等。 氟取代伸苯基的碳數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~14,進而更佳為6~10。作為氟取代伸苯基的具體例,可列舉:四氟伸苯基、六氟-1-伸萘基、六氟-2-伸萘基等。In the general formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group preferably represents a group that represents -NR 10 -, -O-, -SO 2 -, a fluorine-substituted alkylene group, a fluorine-substituted alkylene group, or a combination including these. In particular, it is preferably a group containing a combination of -NR 10 -and -SO 2 -and a fluorine-substituted alkylene group, a group containing a combination of -O- and a fluorine-substituted phenylene group, or containing -NR 10 -and -SO 2 -and a fluorine-substituted phenylene group. In -NR 10 -, R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or a C 1-5 alkyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. The carbon number of the fluorine-substituted alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, and even more preferably from 1 to 3. These alkylene groups are more preferably perfluoroalkylene groups. Specific examples of fluorine-substituted alkylene include difluoromethylene, tetrafluoroethyl, hexafluoropropyl, and the like. The carbon number of the fluorine-substituted phenylene group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-14, and even more preferably 6-10. Specific examples of the fluorine-substituted phenylene group include tetrafluorophenylene group, hexafluoro-1-naphthyl group, and hexafluoro-2-naphthyl group.

通式(P)中,X1 為陰離子,較佳為自選自-SO3 - 、-COO- 、含有由通式(A1)所表示的結構的基及含有由通式(A2)所表示的結構的基中的至少一種中選擇。 含有由通式(A1)所表示的結構的基較佳為所述通式(A1)中,於R1 及R2 的一者的末端具有氟取代烷基,更佳為R1 及R2 的一者直接與氟取代烷基進行鍵結。氟取代烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3,進而更佳為1或2,特佳為1。該些烷基更佳為全氟烷基。作為氟取代烷基的具體例,較佳為三氟甲基。 含有由通式(A2)所表示的結構的基較佳為所述通式(A2)中,於R3 ~R5 的至少任一者的末端具有氟取代烷基,更佳為R3 ~R5 的至少兩者直接與氟取代烷基進行鍵結。尤其,較佳為於R3 ~R5 的至少兩個的末端具有氟取代烷基,更佳為R3 ~R5 的至少兩個直接與氟取代烷基進行鍵結。氟取代烷基的含義與含有由通式(A1)所表示的結構的基中所說明者相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。In the general formula (P), X 1 is an anion, preferably managed from -SO 3 -, -COO -, contains a group represented by the formula (A1) and a structure represented by the general formula comprising (A2) represented by Choose from at least one of the bases of the structure. Group preferably contains a structure represented by the general formula (A1) is represented by said general formula (A1), at the end one of R 1 and R 2 having fluorine-substituted alkyl group, more preferably R 1 and R 2 One of them directly bonds with the fluorine-substituted alkyl group. The carbon number of the fluorine-substituted alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, still more preferably from 1 to 3, still more preferably from 1 or 2, and particularly preferably from 1. These alkyl groups are more preferably perfluoroalkyl groups. As a specific example of the fluorine-substituted alkyl group, trifluoromethyl is preferred. The group containing the structure represented by the general formula (A2) is preferably the above-mentioned general formula (A2), having a fluorine-substituted alkyl group at the end of at least any one of R 3 to R 5 , more preferably R 3 to At least two of R 5 are directly bonded to the fluorine-substituted alkyl group. In particular, preferred alkyl is substituted at the end of at least two of R 3 ~ R 5 is a fluorine, more preferably at least two direct-fluoro-R 3 ~ R 5 is a substituted alkyl group bonded performed. The meaning of the fluorine-substituted alkyl group is the same as that explained for the group containing the structure represented by the general formula (A1), and the preferred range is also the same.

<<<<<呫噸色素>>>>> 本發明中的色素結構的較佳的形態為具有源自呫噸色素(呫噸化合物)的部分結構者。作為呫噸色素,可列舉由下述式(J)所表示的呫噸化合物。<<<<<xanthene dye>>>> The preferred form of the dye structure in the present invention is one having a partial structure derived from xanthene dye (xanthene compound). Examples of the xanthene dye include xanthene compounds represented by the following formula (J).

[化15]

Figure 02_image031
通式(J)[化15]
Figure 02_image031
General formula (J)

式(J)中,R81 、R82 、R83 及R84 分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的取代基,R85 分別獨立地表示一價的取代基,m表示0~5的整數。X- 表示抗衡陰離子。當不存在X- 時,R81 ~R85 的至少一個含有陰離子。In formula (J), R 81 , R 82 , R 83 and R 84 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, R 85 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and m represents an integer of 0 to 5. X - represents a counter anion. When X - is not present, at least one of R 81 to R 85 contains an anion.

式(J)中的R81 ~R85 可採用的取代基與後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基相同。 式(J)中的R81 與R82 、R83 與R84 、及m為2以上時的R85 彼此可分別獨立地相互鍵結而形成5員、6員或7員的飽和環,或者5員、6員或7員的不飽和環。當所形成的5員、6員或7員的環為可進一步取代的基時,亦可由R81 ~R85 中所說明的取代基取代,當由兩個以上的取代基取代時,該些取代基可相同,亦可不同。 當所述式(J)中的R81 與R82 、R83 與R84 、及m為2以上時的R85 彼此分別獨立地相互鍵結而形成不具有取代基的5員、6員及7員的飽和環,或者5員、6員及7員的不飽和環時,作為不具有取代基的5員、6員及7員的飽和環,或者5員、6員及7員的不飽和環,例如可列舉吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡咯啶環、哌啶環、環戊烯環、環己烯環、苯環、吡啶環、吡嗪環、噠嗪環,較佳為可列舉苯環、吡啶環。 作為陰離子,可列舉所述者。The substituents that can be used for R 81 to R 85 in formula (J) are the same as the substituents listed in the section of substituent group A described later. In formula (J), R 81 and R 82 , R 83 and R 84 , and R 85 when m is 2 or more may be independently bonded to each other to form a 5-membered, 6-membered, or 7-membered saturated ring, or Unsaturated ring with 5, 6 or 7 members. When the formed 5-membered, 6-membered, or 7-membered ring is a group that can be further substituted, it can also be substituted with the substituents described in R 81 to R 85 , and when substituted with two or more substituents, these The substituents may be the same or different. When R 81 and R 82 , R 83 and R 84 , and m is 2 or more in the formula (J), R 85 is independently bonded to each other to form a 5-membered, 6-membered and 7-membered saturated ring, or 5-membered, 6-membered and 7-membered unsaturated ring, as 5-membered, 6-membered and 7-membered saturated rings without substituents, or 5-membered, 6-membered and 7-membered unsaturated rings Saturated rings include, for example, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring, cyclopentene ring, cyclohexene ring , Benzene ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, preferably benzene ring, pyridine ring. Examples of the anions include those mentioned above.

尤其,較佳為R82 及R83 為氫原子或者經取代或未經取代的烷基,R81 及R84 為經取代或未經取代的烷基或苯基。另外,R85 較佳為鹵素原子、碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、磺基、磺醯胺基、羧基、醯胺基,更佳為磺基、磺醯胺基、羧基、醯胺基。R85 較佳為鍵結於與呫噸環連結的碳的鄰接部上。R81 及R84 的苯基所具有的取代基特佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、磺基、磺醯胺基、羧基。In particular, R 82 and R 83 are preferably hydrogen atoms or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and R 81 and R 84 are substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups or phenyl groups. In addition, R 85 is preferably a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, a sulfonamide group, a carboxyl group, an amide group, more preferably a sulfo group, a sulfonamide group, a carboxyl group , Amidyl. R 85 is preferably bonded to the adjacent portion of the carbon connected to the xanthene ring. The substituents possessed by the phenyl group of R 81 and R 84 are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, a sulfonamide group, or a carboxyl group.

由式(J)所表示的具有呫噸骨架的化合物可藉由文獻中記載的方法來合成。具體而言,可應用「四面體通訊(Tetrahedron Letters)」,2003年,vol.44,No.23,第4355頁~第4360頁;「四面體(Tetrahedron)」,2005年,vol.61,No.12,第3097頁~第3106頁等中所記載的方法。The compound having a xanthene skeleton represented by formula (J) can be synthesized by a method described in the literature. Specifically, "Tetahedron Letters", 2003, vol. 44, No. 23, pages 4355 to 4360; "Tetahedron", 2005, vol. 61, The method described in No. 12, pages 3097 to 3106, etc.

當X- 表示陰離子時,可參考後述的抗衡陰離子為不同分子時的記載。 另外,當不存在X- ,且R81 、R82 、R83 及R84 的至少一個含有陰離子時,可參考抗衡陰離子處於同一構成單元內時的記載。When X - represents an anion, refer to the description below when the counter anion is a different molecule. In addition, when X − is not present, and at least one of R 81 , R 82 , R 83 and R 84 contains an anion, the description can be referred to when the counter anion is in the same constituent unit.

再者,色素結構中,陽離子非定域化,因此例如如以下所示般,存在於氮原子或呫噸環的碳原子上。 [化16]

Figure 02_image033
In addition, in the dye structure, the cations are not localized, and therefore exist on a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom of a xanthene ring as shown below, for example. [Chem 16]
Figure 02_image033

<<<<<蒽醌色素>>>>> 本發明中的色素結構的較佳的形態為具有源自蒽醌色素的部分結構者。作為蒽醌色素(蒽醌化合物),較佳為由下述通式(AQ-1)~通式(AQ-3)所表示的化合物。所謂蒽醌化合物,是指分子內具有含有蒽醌骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。<<<<<Anthraquinone Dye>>>>> The preferred form of the dye structure in the present invention is one having a partial structure derived from an anthraquinone dye. As the anthraquinone dye (anthraquinone compound), a compound represented by the following general formula (AQ-1) to general formula (AQ-3) is preferable. The anthraquinone compound refers to a general term for a compound having a pigment portion containing an anthraquinone skeleton in the molecule.

[化17]

Figure 02_image035
[化17]
Figure 02_image035

通式(AQ-1)中,A及B分別獨立地表示胺基、羥基、烷氧基或氫原子。Xqa表示ORqa1 或NRqa2 Rqa3 。Rqa1 ~Rqa3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。Rq1 ~Rq4 表示取代基。Rq1 ~Rq4 可採用的取代基與後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基相同。Ra及Rb分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。In the general formula (AQ-1), A and B each independently represent an amine group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, or a hydrogen atom. Xqa represents ORqa 1 or NRqa 2 Rqa 3 . Rqa 1 to Rqa 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. Rq 1 to Rq 4 represent a substituent. The substituents that can be used for Rq 1 to Rq 4 are the same as the substituents listed in the section of substituent group A described later. Ra and Rb each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.

通式(AQ-2)中,C及D的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的A及B相同。Xqb表示ORqb1 或NRqb2 Rqb3 。Rqb1 ~Rqb3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。Rq5 ~Rq8 表示取代基。Rq5 ~Rq8 的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的Rq1 ~Rq4 相同。Rc的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的Ra或Rb相同。In the general formula (AQ-2), C and D have the same meaning as A and B in the general formula (AQ-1). Xqb represents ORqb 1 or NRqb 2 Rqb 3 . Rqb 1 to Rqb 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. Rq 5 to Rq 8 represent a substituent. Rq 5 to Rq 8 have the same meaning as Rq 1 to Rq 4 in the general formula (AQ-1). The meaning of Rc is the same as Ra or Rb in the general formula (AQ-1).

通式(AQ-3)中,E及F的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的A及B相同。Xqc表示ORqc1 或NRqc2 Rqc3 。Rqc1 ~Rqc3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。Rq9 ~Rq12 的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的Rq1 ~Rq4 相同。Rd的含義與通式(AQ-1)中的Ra或Rb相同。 作為通式(AQ-1)、通式(AQ-2)及通式(AQ-3)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0045~段落0047,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。In the general formula (AQ-3), E and F have the same meaning as A and B in the general formula (AQ-1). Xqc represents ORqc 1 or NRqc 2 Rqc 3 . Rqc 1 to Rqc 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. Rq 9 to Rq 12 have the same meaning as Rq 1 to Rq 4 in the general formula (AQ-1). The meaning of Rd is the same as Ra or Rb in the general formula (AQ-1). For preferred ranges of the general formula (AQ-1), the general formula (AQ-2) and the general formula (AQ-3), for example, refer to paragraph 0045 to paragraph 0047 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, which The content can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

作為蒽醌色素,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0049~段落0050,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。As the anthraquinone pigment, for example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0049 to 0050 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application.

<<<<<花青色素>>>>> 本發明中的色素結構的較佳的形態為具有源自花青色素(花青化合物)的部分結構者。作為花青色素,較佳為由下述通式(PM)所表示的化合物(花青化合物)。於本發明中,所謂花青化合物,是指分子內具有含有花青骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。<<<<<Cyanine Pigment>>>>> The preferred form of the pigment structure in the present invention is one having a partial structure derived from cyanine pigment (cyanine compound). As the cyanine pigment, a compound (cyanine compound) represented by the following general formula (PM) is preferable. In the present invention, the cyanine compound refers to a compound having a pigment portion containing a cyanine skeleton in the molecule.

[化18]

Figure 02_image037
通式(PM)[Chemical 18]
Figure 02_image037
General formula (PM)

通式(PM)中,環Z1及環Z2分別獨立地表示可具有取代基的雜環。l表示0以上、3以下的整數。X- 表示陰離子。 作為通式(PM)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0077~段落0084,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。再者,於日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0077~段落0084中所記載的花青色素的具體例中,花青色素結構中的任一個氫原子與通式(1)的R2 進行鍵結。In the general formula (PM), ring Z1 and ring Z2 each independently represent a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent. l represents an integer from 0 to 3. X - represents an anion. As a preferable range of the general formula (PM), for example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0077 to 0008 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application. In addition, in the specific examples of the cyanine pigment described in paragraphs 0077 to 0008 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, any hydrogen atom in the structure of the cyanine pigment and R 2 in the general formula (1) Perform bonding.

<<<<<方酸內鎓鹽色素>>>>> 本發明中的色素結構的較佳的形態為具有源自方酸內鎓鹽色素(方酸內鎓鹽化合物)的部分結構者。作為方酸內鎓鹽色素,較佳為由下述通式(K)所表示的化合物(方酸內鎓鹽化合物)。於本發明中,所謂方酸內鎓鹽化合物,是指分子內具有含有方酸內鎓鹽骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。<<<<<squarylium squarylium salt dye>>>> The preferred form of the dye structure in the present invention is one having a partial structure derived from squarylium sialium salt dye (squarylium squarium salt compound). As the squarylium salt dye, a compound (squarylium salt compound) represented by the following general formula (K) is preferred. In the present invention, the squarylium salt compound refers to a general term for a compound having a dye portion containing a squarylium salt skeleton in the molecule.

[化19]

Figure 02_image039
通式(K)[Chem 19]
Figure 02_image039
General formula (K)

通式(K)中,A及B分別獨立地表示芳基或雜環基。作為芳基,較佳為碳數6~48,更佳為6~24的芳基,例如可列舉苯基、萘基等。作為雜環基,較佳為五員環或六員環的雜環基,例如可列舉吡咯基、咪唑基、吡唑基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、噠嗪基、三唑-1-基、噻吩基、呋喃基、噻二唑基等。 作為通式(K)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0088~段落0106,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 作為方酸內鎓鹽色素的具體例,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0105。In the general formula (K), A and B each independently represent an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 24, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a five-membered ring or a six-membered ring heterocyclic group, and examples thereof include pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazol-1-yl, Thienyl, furanyl, thiadiazolyl, etc. As a preferable range of the general formula (K), for example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0088 to 0106 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application. As a specific example of the squarylium onium salt dye, for example, refer to paragraph 0105 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760.

<<<<<喹酞酮色素>>>>> 本發明中的色素結構的較佳的形態為具有源自喹酞酮色素(喹酞酮化合物)的部分結構者。作為喹酞酮色素,較佳為由下述通式(QP)所表示的化合物(喹酞酮化合物)。於本發明中,所謂喹酞酮化合物,是指分子內具有含有喹酞酮骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。<<<<<Quinophthalone Dye>>>> The preferred form of the dye structure in the present invention is one having a partial structure derived from a quinophthalone dye (quinophthalone compound). The quinophthalone pigment is preferably a compound (quinophthalone compound) represented by the following general formula (QP). In the present invention, the quinophthalone compound refers to a general term for a compound having a pigment portion containing a quinophthalone skeleton in the molecule.

[化20]

Figure 02_image041
通式(QP)[化20]
Figure 02_image041
General formula (QP)

通式(QP)中,Rqp1 ~Rqp6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。當Rqp1 ~Rqp6 的至少兩個處於鄰接位時,可相互鍵結而形成環,以上所形成的環可進一步具有取代基。 作為通式(QP)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0110~段落0114,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 作為喹酞酮色素的具體例,例如可參照日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0113的記載。In the general formula (QP), Rqp 1 to Rqp 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When at least two of Rqp 1 to Rqp 6 are in adjacent positions, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring formed above may further have a substituent. As a preferable range of the general formula (QP), for example, reference can be made to paragraph 0110 to paragraph 0114 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application. As a specific example of the quinophthalone pigment, for example, refer to the description of paragraph 0113 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760.

<<<<<酞菁色素>>>>> 本發明中的色素結構的較佳的形態為具有源自酞菁色素(酞菁化合物)的部分結構者。作為酞菁色素,較佳為具有源自由下述通式(F)所表示的化合物(酞菁化合物)的部分結構者。於本發明中,所謂酞菁化合物,是指分子內具有含有酞菁骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。<<<<<Phthalocyanine Dye>>>>> The preferred form of the dye structure in the present invention is one having a partial structure derived from a phthalocyanine dye (phthalocyanine compound). As the phthalocyanine dye, those having a partial structure derived from a compound (phthalocyanine compound) represented by the following general formula (F) are preferred. In the present invention, the phthalocyanine compound refers to a general term for a compound having a pigment portion containing a phthalocyanine skeleton in the molecule.

[化21]

Figure 02_image043
[化21]
Figure 02_image043

通式(F)中,M1 表示金屬類,Z1 、Z2 、Z3 、及Z4 分別獨立地表示為了形成含有選自氫原子、碳原子及氮原子中的原子所構成的6員環所需的原子群。 作為通式(F)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0118~段落0124,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 作為酞菁色素的具體例,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0123。In the general formula (F), M 1 represents a metal, and Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent 6 members composed of atoms selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, and a nitrogen atom Group of atoms required for the ring. As a preferable range of the general formula (F), for example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0118 to 0124 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application. As a specific example of the phthalocyanine dye, for example, refer to paragraph 0123 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760.

<<<<<亞酞菁色素>>>>> 本發明中的色素結構的較佳的形態為具有源自亞酞菁色素(亞酞菁化合物)的部分結構者。作為亞酞菁色素,較佳為由下述通式(SP)所表示的化合物(亞酞菁化合物)。於本發明中,所謂亞酞菁化合物,是指分子內具有含有亞酞菁骨架的色素部位的化合物的總稱。<<<<<Phthalocyanine Dye>>>>> The preferred form of the dye structure in the present invention is one having a partial structure derived from a subphthalocyanine dye (subphthalocyanine compound). As the subphthalocyanine dye, a compound (subphthalocyanine compound) represented by the following general formula (SP) is preferable. In the present invention, the subphthalocyanine compound refers to a general term for a compound having a dye portion containing a subphthalocyanine skeleton in the molecule.

[化22]

Figure 02_image045
通式(SP)[化22]
Figure 02_image045
General formula (SP)

通式(SP)中,Z1 ~Z12 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、羥基、巰基、胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫醚基。X表示陰離子。 作為通式(SP)的較佳的範圍,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0128~段落0133,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 作為亞酞菁色素的具體例,例如可參照日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0132的記載。In the general formula (SP), Z 1 to Z 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, an amine group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a thioether group. X represents an anion. As a preferable range of the general formula (SP), for example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0128 to 0133 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application. As a specific example of the subphthalocyanine dye, for example, refer to the description of paragraph 0132 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760.

<<<<<偶氮色素>>>>> 本發明中的色素結構的較佳的形態為具有源自偶氮色素(偶氮化合物)的部分結構者。於本發明中,所謂偶氮化合物,是指分子內具有含有N=N基的色素部位的化合物的總稱。作為偶氮色素,可自公知的偶氮色素(例如,取代偶氮苯等)中適宜選擇來應用。例如,作為偶氮色素,可參考日本專利特開2013-41097號公報的段落0084~段落0134的記載、及日本專利特開2011-162760號公報的段落0029~段落0136的記載,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。<<<<<Azo Dyes>>>>> The preferred form of the dye structure in the present invention is one having a partial structure derived from an azo dye (azo compound). In the present invention, the term "azo compound" refers to a general term for a compound having a pigment site containing an N=N group in the molecule. As the azo dye, a known azo dye (for example, substituted azobenzene, etc.) can be appropriately selected and applied. For example, as an azo dye, reference may be made to the descriptions of paragraphs 0084 to 0134 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-41097 and the descriptions of paragraphs 0029 to 0136 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-162760, the contents of which can be Incorporated into this manual.

<<<<<二吡咯亞甲基色素>>>>> 本發明的色素結構的形態之一為具有源自二吡咯亞甲基色素的部分結構者。作為二吡咯亞甲基色素,較佳為二吡咯亞甲基化合物、及自二吡咯亞甲基化合物與金屬或金屬化合物所獲得的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯化合物。例如,作為二吡咯亞甲基色素,可參考日本專利特開2011-95732號公報的段落0033~段落0136的記載,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。<<<<<Dipyrromethene Dye>>>> One of the forms of the dye structure of the present invention is one having a partial structure derived from a dipyrromethene dye. The dipyrromethene dye is preferably a dipyrromethene compound and a dipyrromethene metal complex compound obtained from the dipyrromethene compound and the metal or metal compound. For example, as the dipyrromethene dye, reference may be made to paragraphs 0033 to 0136 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-95732, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application.

所述色素結構亦可藉由選自下述取代基群組A中的取代基來取代色素結構中的氫原子。 (取代基群組A) 作為色素結構可具有的取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子)、烷基(較佳為碳數1~48的直鏈、支鏈、或環狀的烷基,更佳為碳數1~24的直鏈、支鏈、或環狀的烷基,例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基(較佳為第三丁基)、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、2-乙基己基、十二基、十六基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基、1-降冰片基、1-金剛烷基)、烯基(較佳為碳數2~48的烯基,更佳為碳數2~18的烯基,例如乙烯基、烯丙基、3-丁烯-1-基)、炔基(較佳為碳數2~20,更佳為碳數2~12,特佳為碳數2~8,例如可列舉炔丙基、3-戊炔基等)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~48的芳基,更佳為碳數6~24的芳基,例如苯基、萘基)、雜環基(較佳為碳數1~32的雜環基,更佳為碳數1~18的雜環基,例如2-噻吩基、4-吡啶基、2-呋喃基、2-嘧啶基、1-吡啶基、2-苯并噻唑基、1-咪唑基、1-吡唑基、苯并三唑-1-基)、矽烷基(較佳為碳數3~38的矽烷基,更佳為碳數3~18的矽烷基,例如三甲基矽烷基、三乙基矽烷基、三丁基矽烷基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基、第三己基二甲基矽烷基)、羥基、氰基、硝基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~48的烷氧基,更佳為碳數1~24的烷氧基,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、1-丁氧基、2-丁氧基、異丙氧基、第三丁氧基、十二烷氧基、環烷氧基、例如環戊氧基、環己氧基)、芳氧基(較佳為碳數6~48的芳氧基,更佳為碳數6~24的芳氧基,例如苯氧基、1-萘氧基)、雜環氧基(較佳為碳數1~32的雜環氧基,更佳為碳數1~18的雜環氧基,例如1-苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃氧基)、矽烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~32的矽烷氧基,更佳為碳數1~18的矽烷氧基,例如三甲基矽烷氧基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷氧基、二苯基甲基矽烷氧基)、醯氧基(較佳為碳數2~48的醯氧基,更佳為碳數2~24的醯氧基,例如乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、十二醯氧基)、烷氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數2~48的烷氧基羰氧基,更佳為碳數2~24的烷氧基羰氧基,例如乙氧基羰氧基、第三丁氧基羰氧基,環烷氧基羰氧基,例如環己氧基羰氧基)、芳氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數7~32的芳氧基羰氧基,更佳為碳數7~24的芳氧基羰氧基,例如苯氧基羰氧基)、The pigment structure may also be substituted with a hydrogen atom in the pigment structure by a substituent selected from the following substituent group A. (Substituent group A) Examples of substituents that the dye structure may have include halogen atoms (for example, fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, and bromine atoms), alkyl groups (preferably straight-chain and branched chains having 1 to 48 carbon atoms) , Or a cyclic alkyl group, more preferably a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl (preferably Tertiary butyl), pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-norbornyl, 1- Adamantyl), alkenyl (preferably alkenyl having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably alkenyl having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, 3-buten-1-yl), Alkynyl (preferably C 2-20, more preferably C 2-12, particularly C 2-8, for example, propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.), aryl (preferably It is an aryl group having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as phenyl and naphthyl groups, and a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably Heterocyclic groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as 2-thienyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-furyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 1-pyridyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1- Pyrazolyl, benzotriazol-1-yl), silane group (preferably silane group having 3 to 38 carbon atoms, more preferably silane group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyl group, triethyl group Silane group, tributyl silane group, third butyl dimethyl silane group, third hexyl dimethyl silane group), hydroxyl group, cyano group, nitro group, alkoxy group (preferably carbon number 1 to 48 The alkoxy group is more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, 1-butoxy, 2-butoxy, isopropoxy, third butoxy, Dodecyloxy, cycloalkoxy, such as cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy), aryloxy (preferably aryloxy having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably aryl having 6 to 24 carbon atoms) Oxygen group, such as phenoxy group, 1-naphthyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group (preferably heterocyclic oxy group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably heterocyclic oxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, for example 1 -Phenyltetrazol-5-oxy, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy), silaneoxy (preferably silaneoxy having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably silaneoxy having 1 to 18 carbon atoms , Such as trimethylsilyloxy, third butyldimethylsilyloxy, diphenylmethylsilyloxy), acyloxy (preferably C2-48 acyloxy, more preferably Acyloxy having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, such as acetyloxy, trimethylethoxy, benzoyloxy, dodecyloxy), alkoxycarbonyloxy (preferably carbon 2 The alkoxycarbonyloxy group of -48 is more preferably an alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, ethoxycarbonyloxy group, third butoxycarbonyloxy group, cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy group , For example, cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy (preferably aryloxycarbonyloxy having 7 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably aryloxycarbonyloxy having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, Such as phenoxycarbonyloxy),

胺甲醯氧基(較佳為碳數1~48的胺甲醯氧基,更佳為碳數1~24的胺甲醯氧基,例如N,N-二甲基胺甲醯氧基、N-丁基胺甲醯氧基、N-苯基胺甲醯氧基、N-乙基-N-苯基胺甲醯氧基)、胺磺醯氧基(較佳為碳數1~32的胺磺醯氧基,更佳為碳數1~24的胺磺醯氧基,例如N,N-二乙基胺磺醯氧基、N-丙基胺磺醯氧基)、烷基磺醯氧基(較佳為碳數1~38的烷基磺醯氧基,更佳為碳數1~24的烷基磺醯氧基,例如甲基磺醯氧基、十六基磺醯氧基、環己基磺醯氧基)、芳基磺醯氧基(較佳為碳數6~32的芳基磺醯氧基,更佳為碳數6~24的芳基磺醯氧基,例如苯基磺醯氧基)、醯基(較佳為碳數1~48的醯基,更佳為碳數1~24的醯基,例如甲醯基、乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、苯甲醯基、十四醯基、環己醯基)、烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~48的烷氧基羰基,更佳為碳數2~24的烷氧基羰基,例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、十八烷氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基、2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基環己氧基羰基)、芳氧基羰基(較佳為碳數7~32的芳氧基羰基,更佳為碳數7~24的芳氧基羰基,例如苯氧基羰基)、胺甲醯基(較佳為碳數1~48的胺甲醯基,更佳為碳數1~24的胺甲醯基,例如胺甲醯基、N,N-二乙基胺甲醯基、N-乙基-N-辛基胺甲醯基、N,N-二丁基胺甲醯基、N-丙基胺甲醯基、N-苯基胺甲醯基、N-甲基-N-苯基胺甲醯基、N,N-二環己基胺甲醯基)、胺基(較佳為碳數32以下的胺基,更佳為碳數24以下的胺基,例如胺基、甲基胺基、N,N-二丁基胺基、十四基胺基、2-乙基己基胺基、環己基胺基)、苯胺基(較佳為碳數6~32的苯胺基,更佳為6~24的苯胺基,例如苯胺基、N-甲基苯胺基)、雜環胺基(較佳為碳數1~32的雜環胺基,更佳為1~18的雜環胺基,例如4-吡啶基胺基)、碳醯胺基(較佳為碳數2~48的碳醯胺基,更佳為2~24的碳醯胺基,例如乙醯胺基、苯甲醯胺基、十四烷醯胺基、三甲基乙醯基醯胺基、環己烷醯胺基)、脲基(較佳為碳數1~32的脲基,更佳為碳數1~24的脲基,例如脲基、N,N-二甲基脲基、N-苯基脲基)、醯亞胺基(較佳為碳數36以下的醯亞胺基,更佳為碳數24以下的醯亞胺基,例如N-琥珀醯亞胺基、N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基)、烷氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數2~48的烷氧基羰基胺基,更佳為碳數2~24的烷氧基羰基胺基,例如甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、十八烷氧基羰基胺基、環己氧基羰基胺基)、Carbamoyloxy group (preferably carbamoyloxy group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably carbamoyloxy group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as N,N-dimethylamine methoxyl group, N-butylamine carboxamide, N-phenylamine carboxyloxy, N-ethyl-N-phenylamine carboxyloxy), sulfamoyloxy (preferably carbon number 1 ~ 32 Sulfamoyloxy, preferably sulfamoyloxy having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as N,N-diethylsulfamoyloxy, N-propylsulfamoyloxy), alkylsulfonate Acyloxy (preferably C1-C38 alkylsulfonyloxy, more preferably C1-C24 alkylsulfonyloxy, such as methylsulfonyloxy, hexadecylsulfonyloxy Group, cyclohexylsulfonyloxy group), arylsulfonyloxy group (preferably C6-32 arylsulfonyloxy group, more preferably C6-C24 arylsulfonyloxy group, for example Phenylsulfonyloxy), acyl (preferably acyl with 1 to 48 carbons, more preferably acyl with 1 to 24 carbons, such as methyl acetyl, ethyl acetyl, trimethyl ethyl acetyl , Benzoyl, tetradecyl, cyclohexyl), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably alkoxycarbonyl having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably alkoxycarbonyl having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, Eg methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, octadecyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylcyclohexyloxycarbonyl), aryloxycarbonyl (Preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 32, more preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 24, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group), a carbamoyl group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 48) Carboxamide, more preferably C 1-24, such as carboxamide, N,N-diethylamine carboxamide, N-ethyl-N-octylamine carboxamide , N,N-dibutylamine carboxamide, N-propylamine carboxamide, N-phenylamine carboxamide, N-methyl-N-phenylamine carboxamide, N,N-di Cyclohexylamine formamide), amine group (preferably an amine group having a carbon number of 32 or less, more preferably an amine group having a carbon number of 24 or less, such as an amine group, methylamino group, N,N-dibutylamine Group, tetradecylamino group, 2-ethylhexylamino group, cyclohexylamino group), aniline group (preferably an aniline group having 6 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably an aniline group having 6 to 24, such as an aniline group , N-methylanilinyl group), heterocyclic amino group (preferably a heterocyclic amino group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably a heterocyclic amino group having 1 to 18, such as 4-pyridylamino group), carbon Acylamino group (preferably a carbon amide group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably a carbon amide group having 2 to 24, such as an acetamide group, a benzamide group, a tetradecyl amide group, a triamide Methyl acetoyl amide group, cyclohexane amide group), urea group (preferably a urea group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably a urea group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as urea group, N, N-dimethylureido group, N-phenylureido group), imidate group (preferably imidate group having 36 or less carbon atoms, more preferably imidate group having 24 or less carbon atoms, such as N- Succinimide group, N-phthalimide group), alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms Alkoxycarbonylamino group, such as methoxycarbonylamino group, ethoxycarbonylamino group, first Tributoxycarbonylamino, octadecyloxycarbonylamino, cyclohexyloxycarbonylamino),

芳氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數7~32的芳氧基羰基胺基,更佳為碳數7~24的芳氧基羰基胺基,例如苯氧基羰基胺基)、磺醯胺基(較佳為碳數1~48的磺醯胺基,更佳為碳數1~24的磺醯胺基,例如甲烷磺醯胺基、丁烷磺醯胺基、苯磺醯胺基、十六烷磺醯胺基、環己烷磺醯胺基)、胺磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數1~48的胺磺醯基胺基,更佳為碳數1~24的胺磺醯基胺基,例如N,N-二丙基胺磺醯基胺基、N-乙基-N-十二基胺磺醯基胺基)、偶氮基(較佳為碳數1~32的偶氮基,更佳為碳數1~24的偶氮基,例如苯基偶氮基、3-吡唑基偶氮基)、烷硫基(較佳為碳數1~48的烷硫基,更佳為碳數1~24的烷硫基,例如甲硫基、乙硫基、辛硫基、環己硫基)、芳硫基(較佳為碳數6~48的芳硫基,更佳為碳數6~24的芳硫基,例如苯硫基)、雜環硫基(較佳為碳數1~32的雜環硫基,更佳為碳數1~18的雜環硫基,例如2-苯并噻唑硫基、2-吡啶硫基、1-苯基四唑硫基)、烷基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~32的烷基亞磺醯基,更佳為碳數1~24的烷基亞磺醯基,例如十二烷亞磺醯基)、芳基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~32的芳基亞磺醯基,更佳為碳數6~24的芳基亞磺醯基,例如苯基亞磺醯基)、烷基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~48的烷基磺醯基,更佳為碳數1~24的烷基磺醯基,例如甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基、異丙基磺醯基、2-乙基己基磺醯基、十六基磺醯基、辛基磺醯基、環己基磺醯基)、芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~48的芳基磺醯基,更佳為碳數6~24的芳基磺醯基,例如苯基磺醯基、1-萘基磺醯基)、胺磺醯基(較佳為碳數32以下的胺磺醯基,更佳為碳數24以下的胺磺醯基,例如胺磺醯基、N,N-二丙基胺磺醯基、N-乙基-N-十二基胺磺醯基、N-乙基-N-苯基胺磺醯基、N-環己基胺磺醯基)、磺基、膦醯基(較佳為碳數1~32的膦醯基,更佳為碳數1~24的膦醯基,例如苯氧基膦醯基、辛氧基膦醯基、苯基膦醯基)、亞膦醯基胺基(較佳為碳數1~32的亞膦醯基胺基,更佳為碳數1~24的亞膦醯基胺基,例如二乙氧基亞膦醯基胺基、二辛氧基亞膦醯基胺基)、烷氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數5~30的烷氧基羰氧基,更佳為碳數5~10的烷氧基羰氧基)等。 該些取代基可進一步被取代。另外,當具有兩個以上的取代基時,可相同,亦可不同。另外,於可能的情況下亦可相互連結而形成環。 詳細情況亦可參考例如日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0027~段落0038,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。Aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonylamino group), sulfonamide Amino group (preferably sulfonamide group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably sulfonamide group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonamide group, butane sulfonamide group, benzenesulfonamide group , Hexadecane sulfonamide, cyclohexane sulfonamide), sulfamoyl amine (preferably sulfamoylamino with 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon) Amine sulfonamide, such as N,N-dipropyl sulfa amide, N-ethyl-N-dodecyl sulfa amide, azo (preferably carbon number 1 The azo group of -32 is more preferably an azo group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, phenylazo group and 3-pyrazolyl azo group, and an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 48 carbon atoms) The alkylthio group is more preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methylthio group, ethylthio group, octylthio group, and cyclohexylthio group, and an arylthio group (preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 48 carbon atoms) The thio group is more preferably an arylthio group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenylthio group, and a heterocyclic thio group (preferably a heterocyclic thio group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms) Heterocyclic thio group, such as 2-benzothiazolylthio, 2-pyridylthio, 1-phenyltetrazolylthio), alkylsulfinyl (preferably C1-32 alkylsulfinyl Acyl group, more preferably an alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, dodecylsulfinyl group), arylsulfinyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 32 carbon atoms) Group, more preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as phenylsulfinyl group, and an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably C1-C24 alkylsulfonyl, such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, 2-ethylhexyl Sulfonyl, hexadecylsulfonyl, octylsulfonyl, cyclohexylsulfonyl), arylsulfonyl (preferably C6-48 arylsulfonyl, more preferably carbon 6-24 arylsulfonyl groups, such as phenylsulfonyl group, 1-naphthylsulfonyl group, sulfamoyl group (preferably sulfamoyl group having 32 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 24 carbon number The following sulfamoyl groups, such as sulfamoyl, N,N-dipropyl sulfamoyl, N-ethyl-N-dodecyl sulfamoyl, N-ethyl-N-phenylamine Sulfonyl group, N-cyclohexylamine sulfonyl group), sulfo group, phosphinyl group (preferably a phosphinyl group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably a phosphinyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy Phosphinyl acetyl group, octyloxy phosphinyl group, phenyl phosphinyl group), phosphinyl amide group (preferably phosphinyl amide group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms Phosphinylamide group, such as diethoxyphosphinylamide group, dioctyloxyphosphinylamide group), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably C5-30 alkoxy group The carbonylcarbonyloxy group is more preferably an alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms). These substituents may be further substituted. In addition, when there are two or more substituents, they may be the same or different. In addition, when possible, they may be connected to each other to form a ring. For details, refer to, for example, paragraphs 0027 to 0038 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application.

<<<<抗衡陰離子>>>> 當色素結構包含陽離子與抗衡陰離子時,作為抗衡陰離子,並無特別限制,但就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為非親核性的陰離子。作為非親核性的抗衡陰離子,較佳為日本專利特開2007-310315號公報的段落號0075等中所記載的公知的非親核性陰離子。此處,所謂非親核性,是指不會因加熱而對色素進行親核攻擊的性質。 作為抗衡陰離子,較佳為選自磺酸根陰離子、羧酸根陰離子、磺醯基醯亞胺陰離子、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子、羧酸根陰離子、四芳基硼酸鹽陰離子、-CON- CO-、-CON- SO2 -、BF4 - 、PF6 - 、SbF6 - 、B- (CN)3 OCH3 中的至少一種。更佳為選自磺酸根陰離子、磺醯基醯亞胺陰離子、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子、羧酸根陰離子、四芳基硼酸鹽陰離子、BF4 - 、PF6 - 、及SbF6 - 中的至少一種。 該些之中,作為抗衡陰離子,更佳為具有由下述(AN-1)~下述(AN-5)所表示的結構的非親核性陰離子。<<<<Counter Anion>>>> When the dye structure includes a cation and a counter anion, the counter anion is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of heat resistance, a non-nucleophilic anion is preferred. The non-nucleophilic counter anion is preferably a known non-nucleophilic anion described in paragraph No. 0075 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-310315. Here, the term "non-nucleophilic" refers to the property that the dye does not undergo nucleophilic attack due to heating. The counter anion is preferably selected from the group consisting of sulfonate anion, carboxylate anion, sulfonyl amide imide anion, bis(alkyl sulfonyl) amide imide anion, and tri(alkyl sulfonyl) methide anion , carboxylate anion, tetra aryl borate anion, -CON - CO -, - CON - SO 2 -, BF 4 -, PF 6 -, SbF 6 -, B - (CN) 3 OCH 3 is at least one. More preferably, it is selected from sulfonate anion, sulfonyl amide imide anion, bis(alkyl sulfonyl) amide imide anion, tri(alkyl sulfonyl) methide anion, carboxylate anion, tetraaryl borate anion, BF 4 -, PF 6 - , and SbF 6 - in at least one. Among these, as the counter anion, a non-nucleophilic anion having a structure represented by the following (AN-1) to (AN-5) is more preferable.

[化23]

Figure 02_image047
[化23]
Figure 02_image047

式(AN-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示氟原子或具有氟原子的碳數1~10的烷基。X1 及X2 可相互鍵結而形成環。 X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示氟原子或具有氟原子的碳數1~10的烷基,較佳為氟原子或具有氟原子的碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數1~10的全氟烷基,進而更佳為碳數1~4的全氟烷基,特佳為三氟甲基。In formula (AN-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a C 1-10 alkyl group having a fluorine atom. X 1 and X 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a C 1-10 alkyl group having a fluorine atom, preferably a fluorine atom or a C 1-10 alkyl group having a fluorine atom, more preferably a carbon number 1 A perfluoroalkyl group of -10, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a trifluoromethyl group.

[化24]

Figure 02_image049
[化24]
Figure 02_image049

式(AN-2)中,X3 、X4 及X5 分別獨立地表示氟原子或碳數1~10的具有氟原子的烷基。 X3 、X4 及X5 分別獨立,含義與X1 及X2 相同,較佳的範圍的含義亦相同。In formula (AN-2), X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a C 1-10 alkyl group having a fluorine atom. X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are independent, and have the same meanings as X 1 and X 2 , and the meanings of the preferred ranges are also the same.

[化25]

Figure 02_image051
[化25]
Figure 02_image051

式(AN-3)中,X6 表示碳數1~10的具有氟原子的烷基。 X6 較佳為碳數1~10的全氟烷基,更佳為碳數1~4的全氟烷基。 [化26]

Figure 02_image053
In the formula (AN-3), X 6 represents a C 1-10 alkyl group having a fluorine atom. X 6 is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. [化26]
Figure 02_image053

式(AN-4)中,X7 表示碳數1~10的具有氟原子的伸烷基。 X7 較佳為碳數1~10的全氟伸烷基,更佳為碳數1~4的全氟伸烷基。In the formula (AN-4), X 7 represents a C 1-10 alkylene group having a fluorine atom. X 7 is preferably a perfluoroalkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a perfluoroalkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

[化27]

Figure 02_image055
[化27]
Figure 02_image055

式(AN-5)中,Ar1 、Ar2 、Ar3 及Ar4 分別獨立地表示芳基。 Ar1 、Ar2 、Ar3 及Ar4 較佳為分別獨立地為碳數6~20的芳基,更佳為碳數6~14的芳基,進而更佳為碳數6~10的芳基。 Ar1 、Ar2 、Ar3 及Ar4 所表示的芳基可具有取代基。當具有取代基時,可列舉鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、羰基、羰氧基、胺甲醯基、磺基、磺醯胺基、硝基等,較佳為鹵素原子及烷基,更佳為氟原子、烷基,進而更佳為氟原子、碳數1~4的全氟烷基。 Ar1 、Ar2 、Ar3 及Ar4 更佳為分別獨立地為具有鹵素原子及/或含有鹵素原子的烷基的苯基,進而更佳為具有氟原子及/或含有氟原子的烷基的苯基。In formula (AN-5), Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 each independently represent an aryl group. Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 are each preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms base. The aryl groups represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 may have a substituent. When it has a substituent, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, a sulfonamide group, a nitro group, etc. are mentioned, Preferably a halogen atom and The alkyl group is more preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group, and still more preferably a fluorine atom or a C 1-4 perfluoroalkyl group. Ar 1 , Ar 2 , Ar 3 and Ar 4 are more preferably phenyl groups each independently having a halogen atom and/or an alkyl group containing a halogen atom, and still more preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom and/or a fluorine atom Phenyl.

另外,非親核性的抗衡陰離子較佳為-B(CN)n1 (ORa )4-n1 (Ra 表示碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~10的芳基,n1表示1~4的整數)。作為碳數1~10的烷基的Ra 較佳為碳數1~6的烷基,更佳為碳數1~4的烷基。作為碳數6~10的芳基的Ra 較佳為苯基、萘基。 n1較佳為1~3,更佳為1~2。In addition, the non-nucleophilic counter anion is preferably -B(CN) n1 (OR a ) 4-n1 (R a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and n1 represents 1 ~ 4 integer). Ra as the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Ra as the aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. n1 is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2.

進而,非親核性的抗衡陰離子較佳為-PF6 RP (6-n2) - (RP 表示碳數1~10的氟化烷基,n2表示1~6的整數)。RP 較佳為碳數1~6的具有氟原子的烷基,更佳為碳數1~4的具有氟原子的烷基,進而更佳為碳數1~3的全氟烷基。 n2較佳為1~4的整數,更佳為1或2。Further, non-nucleophilic counter anion is preferably -PF 6 R P (6-n2 ) - (R P represents a fluorinated alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, n2 represents an integer of 1 to 6). R P is preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. n2 is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.

非親核性抗衡陰離子的每1分子的質量較佳為100~1,000,更佳為200~500。 色素多聚體(A)可僅含有一種非親核性抗衡陰離子,亦可含有兩種以上。 以下,表示非親核性的抗衡陰離子的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。The mass per molecule of the non-nucleophilic counter anion is preferably 100 to 1,000, and more preferably 200 to 500. The pigment polymer (A) may contain only one kind of non-nucleophilic counter anion, or two or more kinds. Hereinafter, specific examples of non-nucleophilic counter anions are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化28]

Figure 02_image057
[Chem 28]
Figure 02_image057

[化29]

Figure 02_image059
[Chem 29]
Figure 02_image059

[化30]

Figure 02_image061
[化30]
Figure 02_image061

[化31]

Figure 02_image063
[化31]
Figure 02_image063

以下表示可較佳地用於本發明的具有色素結構的重複單元的具體例。本發明當然不限定於該些具體例。The following shows specific examples of the repeating unit having a pigment structure that can be suitably used in the present invention. Of course, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化32]

Figure 02_image065
[化33]
Figure 02_image067
[化34]
Figure 02_image069
[化32]
Figure 02_image065
[化33]
Figure 02_image067
[化34]
Figure 02_image069

<<<<其他重複單元>>>> 除所述具有色素結構的重複單元以外,聚合物鏈Q亦可含有其他重複單元。其他重複單元可含有聚合性基、酸基等官能基。亦可不含官能基。較佳為含有選自具有酸基的重複單元及具有聚合性基的重複單元中的一種以上,更佳為含有具有酸基的重複單元。<<<<Other Repeating Units>>>> In addition to the repeating unit having a dye structure, the polymer chain Q may contain other repeating units. Other repeating units may contain functional groups such as polymerizable groups and acid groups. It may not contain functional groups. It is preferable to contain one or more types selected from the repeating unit having an acid group and the repeating unit having a polymerizable group, and it is more preferable to contain a repeating unit having an acid group.

作為聚合性基,可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱而進行交聯的公知的聚合性基,例如可列舉含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基)、羥甲基等,較佳為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,更佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。(甲基)丙烯醯基例如可使(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯與(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基-環己基甲酯進行反應來導入。 當聚合物鏈Q含有具有聚合性基的重複單元時,相對於聚合物鏈Q的所有重複單元100莫耳,具有聚合性基的重複單元的比例例如較佳為5莫耳~50莫耳,更佳為10莫耳~40莫耳。As the polymerizable group, a known polymerizable group that can be cross-linked by radicals, acids, or heat can be used, and examples thereof include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group (epoxy group, oxa Cyclobutyl), hydroxymethyl and the like are preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and more preferably a (meth)acryloyl group. The (meth)acryloyl group may be introduced by reacting glycidyl (meth)acrylate with 3,4-epoxy-cyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate. When the polymer chain Q contains a repeating unit having a polymerizable group, the ratio of the repeating unit having a polymerizable group to 100 moles of all repeating units of the polymer chain Q is preferably, for example, 5 to 50 moles. More preferably, it is 10 mol to 40 mol.

作為酸基,可例示羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基。酸基可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。 當聚合物鏈Q含有具有酸基的重複單元時,相對於聚合物鏈Q的所有重複單元100莫耳,具有酸基的重複單元的比例例如較佳為5莫耳~50莫耳,更佳為10莫耳~40莫耳。Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. The acid group may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When the polymer chain Q contains a repeating unit having an acid group, the ratio of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably, for example, 5 mol to 50 mol with respect to 100 mol of all the repeating units of the polymer chain Q. It is 10 mol to 40 mol.

作為其他官能基,可列舉包含2個~20個未經取代的重複的伸烷氧基鏈的基,內酯基、酸酐基、醯胺基、氰基等顯影促進基,長鏈烷基及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等,可適宜導入。 於包含2個~20個未經取代的重複的伸烷氧基鏈的基中,伸烷氧基鏈的重複數較佳為2個~10個,更佳為2個~15個,進而更佳為2個~10個。1個伸烷氧基鏈由-(CH2 )n O-表示,n為整數,n較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而更佳為2或3。Examples of other functional groups include groups containing 2 to 20 unsubstituted repeating alkoxy chains, lactone groups, acid anhydride groups, amide groups, cyano groups, and other development promoting groups, long-chain alkyl groups and Hydrophilicity-adjusting groups such as cyclic alkyl groups, aralkyl groups, aryl groups, polyoxyalkylene groups, hydroxyl groups, maleimide groups, amine groups, etc., can be suitably introduced. In a group containing 2 to 20 unsubstituted repeating alkoxylated chains, the number of repeating alkoxylated chains is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 15, and even more 2 to 10 are preferred. One alkoxy chain is represented by -(CH 2 ) n O-, n is an integer, n is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, and even more preferably 2 or 3.

表示其他重複單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。 [化35]

Figure 02_image071
[化36]
Figure 02_image073
[化37]
Figure 02_image075
Specific examples of other repeating units are shown, but the invention is not limited thereto. [化35]
Figure 02_image071
[化36]
Figure 02_image073
[化37]
Figure 02_image075

<<<不含色素結構的聚合物鏈>>> 色素多聚體(A)亦可具有不含色素結構的聚合物鏈。 作為不含色素結構的聚合物鏈,可列舉包含所述聚合物鏈Q的其他重複單元中所說明的重複單元的聚合物鏈。«<< Polymer chain not containing a dye structure>>> The dye multimer (A) may have a polymer chain not containing a dye structure. Examples of polymer chains that do not contain a pigment structure include polymer chains including the repeating units described in the other repeating units of the polymer chain Q.

<<色素多聚體(A)的各種性質>> 色素多聚體(A)的重量平均分子量較佳為1000~100000。下限例如更佳為3000以上,進而佳為4000以上,進而更佳為5000以上。上限更佳為50000以下,更佳為20000以下,進而更佳為15000以下。若重量平均分子量為所述範圍,則色移性更良好。進而,顯影性提昇,可進一步減少顯影殘渣的產生。<<Various properties of the dye polymer (A)>> The weight average molecular weight of the dye polymer (A) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000. For example, the lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, further preferably 4000 or more, and still more preferably 5000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, and still more preferably 15,000 or less. If the weight-average molecular weight is within the above range, the color shiftability is better. Furthermore, the developability is improved, and the generation of developing residue can be further reduced.

色素多聚體(A)的酸價較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上。下限更佳為15 mgKOH/g以上,進而更佳為20 mgKOH/g以上。上限更佳為200 mgKOH/g以下,特佳為150 mgKOH/g以下。若酸價為10 mgKOH/g以上,則顯影性提昇,可進一步減少顯影殘渣的產生。The acid value of the pigment polymer (A) is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more. The lower limit is more preferably 15 mgKOH/g or more, and further preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less. If the acid value is 10 mgKOH/g or more, the developability is improved, and the generation of developing residue can be further reduced.

色素多聚體(A)的比吸光度的測定方法例如可列舉如下的方法等:使用對於色素多聚體(A)具有充分的溶解性的溶媒,以400 nm~800 nm內的最大吸光度變成1.0的方式調整含有色素多聚體(A)的溶液的濃度,並利用光程長度為1 cm的單元測定該溶液於25℃下的吸光度。測定比吸光度時的溶媒可適宜利用對於色素多聚體(A)具有充分的溶解性者。作為較佳的溶媒,可列舉:四氫呋喃、甲醇、異丙醇、二甲基亞碸、乙腈、乙酸乙酯、己烷、甲苯、水、濃硫酸、甲磺酸等。當四氫呋喃具有充分的溶解性時利用四氫呋喃。 400 nm~800 nm內的最大吸收波長中的由下述式(Aλ)所表示的比吸光度較佳為5以上,更佳為10以上,進而更佳為20以上,特佳為30以上。若比吸光度為5以上,則可適宜地用作著色劑。   E=A/(c×l)···(Aλ)   式(Aλ)中,E表示於400 nm~800 nm內的最大吸收波長中的比吸光度, A表示於400 nm~800 nm內的最大吸收波長中的吸光度, l表示單位由cm表示的單元長度, c表示單位由mg/ml表示的溶液中的色素多聚體的濃度。The method for measuring the specific absorbance of the dye polymer (A) includes, for example, the following methods: using a solvent having sufficient solubility for the dye polymer (A), the maximum absorbance in 400 nm to 800 nm becomes 1.0 Adjust the concentration of the solution containing the pigment polymer (A), and measure the absorbance of the solution at 25°C using a unit with an optical path length of 1 cm. The solvent used when measuring the specific absorbance can be suitably used as long as it has sufficient solubility for the pigment polymer (A). Preferred solvents include tetrahydrofuran, methanol, isopropanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, hexane, toluene, water, concentrated sulfuric acid, methanesulfonic acid and the like. Tetrahydrofuran is used when tetrahydrofuran has sufficient solubility. Among the maximum absorption wavelengths within 400 nm to 800 nm, the specific absorbance represented by the following formula (Aλ) is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 20 or more, and particularly preferably 30 or more. If the specific absorbance is 5 or more, it can be suitably used as a colorant. E=A/(c×l)... (Aλ) In the formula (Aλ), E represents the specific absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength within 400 nm to 800 nm, and A represents the maximum absorption within 400 nm to 800 nm The absorbance at the absorption wavelength, l represents the unit length expressed in cm, and c represents the concentration of the pigment polymer in the solution expressed in mg/ml.

色素多聚體(A)較佳為染料。所謂染料,是指於水或有機溶劑中具有實質的溶解度的色素,特佳為溶解於以下的有機溶劑中的有機溶劑溶解性染料。 作為有機溶劑,可列舉酯類(例如3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯等)、醚類(例如甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等)、酮類(甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等)、芳香族烴類(例如甲苯、二甲苯等),對於該些有機溶劑,較佳為溶解1質量%~50質量%,更佳為溶解5質量%~40質量%,特佳為溶解10質量%~30質量%。藉由處於該範圍內,當將本發明的著色組成物應用於彩色濾光器等的製作時,塗佈面狀變得適宜,另外,可進一步減少由塗佈其他顏色後的溶出所引起的濃度下降。The pigment polymer (A) is preferably a dye. The dye refers to a dye having substantial solubility in water or an organic solvent, particularly preferably an organic solvent-soluble dye dissolved in the following organic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include esters (for example, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, etc.), Ethers (such as methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.), ketones (methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as toluene, xylene, etc.), for these organic solvents, it is preferable to dissolve 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably dissolve by 5% by mass ~40% by mass, particularly preferably 10% to 30% by mass. By being within this range, when the coloring composition of the present invention is applied to the production of a color filter or the like, the coating surface shape becomes suitable, and further, it can be further reduced by the elution after coating other colors The concentration drops.

於本發明的著色組成物中,可單獨使用一種色素多聚體(A),亦可併用兩種以上。In the coloring composition of the present invention, one kind of pigment polymer (A) may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.

本發明的著色組成物中的色素多聚體(A)的含量是於考慮與後述的其他色素(較佳為顏料)等的含有比率後設定。 作為相對於顏料的色素多聚體的質量比(色素多聚體(A)/顏料),較佳為0.1~5,更佳為0.2~2,進而更佳為0.3~1。 相對於著色組成物中的總固體成分,本發明的著色組成物中的色素多聚體(A)的含量較佳為1.0質量%~50質量%,更佳為5.0質量%~30質量%,特佳為10質量%~25質量%。The content of the pigment polymer (A) in the coloring composition of the present invention is set in consideration of the content ratio with other pigments (preferably pigments) and the like described later. The mass ratio of the pigmented polymer to the pigment (pigmented polymer (A)/pigment) is preferably 0.1 to 5, more preferably 0.2 to 2, and even more preferably 0.3 to 1. The content of the pigment polymer (A) in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 1.0% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5.0% by mass to 30% by mass relative to the total solid content in the coloring composition. Particularly good is 10% by mass to 25% by mass.

<<色素多聚體(A)的合成方法>> 由所述通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體的製造方法並無特別限制,但可藉由使一分子中具有3個~10個硫醇基的多官能硫醇化合物、與具有色素結構及自由基聚合性基的化合物進行自由基聚合的方法來製造。以下,將具有色素結構及自由基聚合性基的化合物亦稱為「自由基聚合性色素化合物」。 於自由基聚合性色素化合物中,作為色素結構,可列舉所述者。於自由基聚合性色素化合物中,作為自由基聚合性基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基。 更具體而言,較佳為使由通式(3)所表示的化合物與自由基聚合性色素化合物進行自由基聚合的方法。   P0 -(SH)n ···(3)   通式(3)中,P0 表示n價的連結基, SH表示硫醇基, n表示3~10的整數。<<Synthesis method of dye polymer (A)>> The production method of the dye polymer represented by the general formula (1) is not particularly limited, but it can be 3 to 10 per molecule A multifunctional thiol compound of each thiol group and a compound having a dye structure and a radical polymerizable group are produced by radical polymerization. Hereinafter, the compound having a dye structure and a radical polymerizable group is also referred to as a "radical polymerizable dye compound". Among the radically polymerizable dye compounds, as the dye structure, the above-mentioned ones can be mentioned. In the radically polymerizable dye compound, examples of the radically polymerizable group include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, and (meth)acryloyl group. More specifically, a method of radically polymerizing the compound represented by the general formula (3) and a radically polymerizable dye compound is preferable. P 0 -(SH) n (3) In the general formula (3), P 0 represents an n-valent linking group, SH represents a thiol group, and n represents an integer of 3-10.

通式(3)中,P0 包括包含1個~100個碳原子、0個~10個氮原子、0個~50個氧原子、1個~200個氫原子、及0個~20個硫原子的基,可未經取代,亦可進一步具有取代基。 P0 所表示的n價的連結基較佳為包含1個~60個碳原子、0個~10個氮原子、0個~40個氧原子、1個~120個氫原子、及0個~10個硫原子的基。更佳為包含1個~50個碳原子、0個~10個氮原子、0個~30個氧原子、1個~100個氫原子、及0個~7個硫原子的基。進而更佳為包含1個~40個碳原子、0個~8個氮原子、0個~20個氧原子、1個~80個氫原子、及0個~5個硫原子的基。 P0 所表示的n價的連結基較佳為自多元醇衍生出的連結基。 由通式(3)所表示的化合物較佳為由通式(4)所表示的化合物。   A0 -(B0 -C0 -SH)n ···(4)   通式(4)中,A0 表示n價的連結基, B0 表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-O2 C-、-CO2 -、-NROC-、或-CONR-, R表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, C0 表示單鍵或二價的連結基, SH表示硫醇基, n表示3~10的整數。 通式(4)中的A0 、B0 及C0 的含義分別與對通式(2)中的A1 、B1 及C1 所說明的範圍相同,較佳的形態亦相同。 作為由通式(3)所表示的化合物的具體例,可列舉以下的化合物。In the general formula (3), P 0 includes 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 sulfur The atomic group may be unsubstituted or may further have a substituent. The n-valent linking group represented by P 0 preferably contains 1 to 60 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 40 oxygen atoms, 1 to 120 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to Base of 10 sulfur atoms. More preferably, it is a group containing 1 to 50 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 30 oxygen atoms, 1 to 100 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 7 sulfur atoms. Even more preferably, it is a group containing 1 to 40 carbon atoms, 0 to 8 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 20 oxygen atoms, 1 to 80 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 5 sulfur atoms. The n-valent linking group represented by P 0 is preferably a linking group derived from a polyol. The compound represented by the general formula (3) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (4). A 0 -(B 0 -C 0 -SH) n (4) In the general formula (4), A 0 represents an n-valent linking group, and B 0 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-,- CO-, -NR-, -O 2 C-, -CO 2 -, -NROC-, or -CONR-, R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, C 0 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, SH represents a thiol group, and n represents an integer of 3-10. The meanings of A 0 , B 0 and C 0 in the general formula (4) are the same as the ranges described for A 1 , B 1 and C 1 in the general formula (2), and the preferred forms are also the same. As specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3), the following compounds may be mentioned.

[化38]

Figure 02_image077
[化38]
Figure 02_image077

[化39]

Figure 02_image079
[化39]
Figure 02_image079

[化40]

Figure 02_image081
[化40]
Figure 02_image081

所述之中,就原料的獲得性、合成的容易性、對於各種溶媒的溶解性的觀點而言,特佳的化合物較佳為(SH-1)~(SH-8)、(SH-16)~(SH-20)、(SH-22)~(SH-32)。Among the above, from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, ease of synthesis, and solubility in various solvents, particularly preferred compounds are preferably (SH-1) to (SH-8), (SH-16 ) ~ (SH-20), (SH-22) ~ (SH-32).

多官能硫醇化合物與自由基聚合性色素化合物的自由基聚合例如可利用如下的方法而獲得:使多官能硫醇化合物與自由基聚合性色素化合物溶解於適當的溶媒中,並向其中添加自由基產生劑,然後於約50℃~100℃下進行加成的方法(硫醇-烯反應法)。The radical polymerization of the polyfunctional thiol compound and the radically polymerizable dye compound can be obtained, for example, by a method in which the polyfunctional thiol compound and the radically polymerizable dye compound are dissolved in an appropriate solvent, and freely added thereto The base generating agent is then added at a temperature of about 50°C to 100°C (thiol-ene reaction method).

作為硫醇-烯反應法中所使用的適當的溶媒的例子,可對應於多官能硫醇化合物及自由基聚合性色素化合物的溶解性而任意地選擇。 例如可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙基乙酸酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、甲氧基丙基乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、四氫呋喃、二甲基甲醯胺、氯仿、甲苯。該些溶媒亦可將兩種以上混合使用。As an example of a suitable solvent used in the thiol-ene reaction method, it can be arbitrarily selected according to the solubility of the polyfunctional thiol compound and the radical polymerizable dye compound. For example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl Isobutyl ketone, methoxypropyl acetate, ethyl lactate, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, chloroform, toluene. These solvents can also be used in combination of two or more.

另外,作為自由基產生劑,可利用如2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁腈)(Azobisisobutyronitrile,AIBN)、2,2'-偶氮雙-(2,4'-二甲基戊腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙異丁酸二甲酯般的偶氮化合物,如過氧化苯甲醯般的過氧化物,及如過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨般的過硫酸鹽等。In addition, as a free radical generator, such as 2,2'-azobis (isobutyronitrile) (Azobisisobutyronitrile, AIBN), 2,2'-azobis-(2,4'-dimethylvaleronitrile) ), 2,2'-azobisisobutyric acid like azo compounds, such as peroxides like benzoyl peroxide, and persulfates like potassium persulfate and ammonium persulfate.

<<聚合性化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物含有聚合性化合物。作為聚合性化合物,可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱而進行交聯的公知的化合物。例如可列舉含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環狀醚(環氧基、氧雜環丁烷)基、羥甲基等的化合物。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。於本發明中,聚合性化合物較佳為三官能~六官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。 聚合性化合物例如可為單體、預聚物(即二聚體、三聚體及寡聚物)、或該些的混合物以及該些的多聚體等化學形態的任一種。<<Polymerizable compound>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. As the polymerizable compound, a known compound that can be cross-linked by free radicals, acid, or heat can be used. For example, a compound containing a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether (epoxy group, oxetane) group, methylol group, etc. may be mentioned. Examples of the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group and the like. In the present invention, the polymerizable compound is preferably a trifunctional to hexafunctional (meth)acrylate compound. The polymerizable compound may be, for example, any one of chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers (that is, dimers, trimers, and oligomers), mixtures of these, and polymers of these.

作為單體、預聚物的例子,可列舉不飽和羧酸(例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類、以及該些的多聚體,較佳為不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、及不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物的醯胺類、以及該些的多聚體。另外,亦可適宜地使用具有羥基、胺基、巰基等親核性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類、與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物,或者與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。另外,具有異氰酸酯基、環氧基等親電子性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的反應物,具有鹵基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的反應物亦適宜。另外,亦可使用替換成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯基醚、烯丙基醚等的化合物群組來代替所述不飽和羧酸。 作為該些的具體的化合物,於本發明中,亦可適宜地使用日本專利特開2009-288705號公報的段落號[0095]~段落號[0108]中所記載的化合物。Examples of monomers and prepolymers include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters and amides , And these polymers, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acid and aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compound, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acid and aliphatic polyhydric amine compound, and these polymers. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a mercapto group and the like, monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxy groups, or Dehydration condensation reactant with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid, etc. In addition, reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups and epoxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols have halogen groups or toluene The reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with detachable substituents such as sulfonyloxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also suitable. In addition, instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid, a group of compounds substituted with vinylbenzene derivatives such as unsaturated phosphonic acid and styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether and the like may be used. As these specific compounds, in the present invention, the compounds described in paragraph numbers [0095] to paragraph numbers [0108] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-288705 can also be suitably used.

另外,聚合性化合物為含有一個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、且於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點的化合物亦較佳。作為該化合物的例子,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0227、日本專利特開2008-292970號公報的段落號0254~段落號0257中所記載的化合物,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。In addition, the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing one or more groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher under normal pressure. As an example of this compound, for example, reference can be made to the compounds described in Paragraph No. 0227 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760 and Paragraph No. 0254 to No. 0257 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-292970, and the contents can be incorporated To the specification of this application.

聚合性化合物較佳為二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-330;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-320;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-310;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA;日本化藥股份有限公司製造,A-DPH-12E;新中村化學公司製造)、以及該些的(甲基)丙烯醯基介於乙二醇、丙二醇殘基之間的結構(例如,由沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司所市售的SR454、SR499)。亦可使用該些的寡聚物型。以下表示較佳的聚合性化合物的形態。The polymerizable compound is preferably dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available product is Kayarad (KAYARAD) D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is Kayarad (KAYARAD) D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and these (A The structure in which propylene acetyl group is between the residues of ethylene glycol and propylene glycol (for example, SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartomer). These oligomer types can also be used. The following shows preferred forms of the polymerizable compound.

聚合性化合物亦可具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基。作為具有酸基的聚合性化合物,較佳為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯,更佳為使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐進行反應而具有酸基的酯,特佳為於該酯中,脂肪族多羥基化合物為季戊四醇及/或二季戊四醇者。作為市售品,例如可列舉作為東亞合成製造的多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物的M-510、M-520等。The polymerizable compound may have acid groups such as carboxyl groups, sulfonic acid groups, and phosphoric acid groups. The polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and more preferably an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to have an acid It is particularly preferred that the ester is based on the ester, and the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 which are polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers produced by East Asia Synthesis.

具有酸基的聚合性化合物的較佳的酸價為0.1 mgKOH/g~40 mgKOH/g,特佳為5 mgKOH/g~30 mgKOH/g。若聚合性化合物的酸價為0.1 mgKOH/g以上,則顯影溶解特性良好,若為40 mgKOH/g以下,則於製造或處理方面有利。進而,光聚合性能良好、且硬化性優異。The preferred acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 mgKOH/g to 40 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably 5 mgKOH/g to 30 mgKOH/g. If the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the development and dissolution characteristics are good, and if it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of manufacturing or handling. Furthermore, the photopolymerization performance is good and the curability is excellent.

作為聚合性化合物,具有源自環狀酯(例如可列舉己內酯、戊內酯等,特佳為己內酯)的結構的化合物亦為較佳的形態。 作為具有源自己內酯的結構的化合物,只要分子內具有源自己內酯的結構,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉藉由將三羥甲基乙烷或二-三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二-三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、二甘油、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯加以酯化而獲得的ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。其中,較佳為由下述通式(Z-1)所表示的具有源自己內酯的結構的化合物。As the polymerizable compound, a compound having a structure derived from a cyclic ester (for example, caprolactone, valerolactone, etc., and particularly preferably caprolactone) is also a preferred form. The compound having a structure derived from a lactone is not particularly limited as long as it has a structure derived from a lactone in the molecule, and examples thereof include trimethylolethane or di-trimethylolethane, Polyols such as trimethylolpropane, di-trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerin, and trimethylolmelamine are esterified with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone The obtained ε-caprolactone is modified polyfunctional (meth)acrylate. Among them, a compound having a structure derived from lactone represented by the following general formula (Z-1) is preferred.

[化41]

Figure 02_image083
[化41]
Figure 02_image083

通式(Z-1)中,6個R均為由下述通式(Z-2)所表示的基、或者6個R中的1個~5個為由下述通式(Z-2)所表示的基,剩餘為由下述通式(Z-3)所表示的基。In the general formula (Z-1), 6 Rs are all groups represented by the following general formula (Z-2), or 1 to 5 of the 6 Rs are represented by the following general formula (Z-2) ), the remainder is the group represented by the following general formula (Z-3).

[化42]

Figure 02_image085
[化42]
Figure 02_image085

通式(Z-2)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2的數,「*」表示結合鍵。In the general formula (Z-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents a number of 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bonding bond.

[化43]

Figure 02_image087
[化43]
Figure 02_image087

通式(Z-3)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,「*」表示結合鍵。In the general formula (Z-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and “*” represents a bonding bond.

具有源自己內酯的結構的聚合性化合物例如作為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPCA系列而由日本化藥(股份)市售,可列舉:DPCA-20(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)所表示的基的數量=2、R1 均為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-30(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中,m=1、由(Z-2)所表示的基的數量=3、R1 均為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-60(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)所表示的基的數量=6、R1 均為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-120(所述式(Z-1)~式(Z-3)中,m=2、由式(Z-2)所表示的基的數量=6、R1 均為氫原子的化合物)等。The polymerizable compound having a structure derived from its own lactone is, for example, commercially available from Nippon Kayaku (KAYARAD) DPCA series, including: DPCA-20 (the above formula (Z-1) to formula In (Z-3), m=1, the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2)=2, and the compound where R 1 is a hydrogen atom), DPCA-30 (the formula (Z-1) to the above) In formula (Z-3), m=1, the number of groups represented by (Z-2)=3, and R 1 are all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-60 (the above formula (Z-1) to In the formula (Z-3), m=1, the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2)=6, and the compounds where R 1 are all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-120 (the formula (Z-1) ~ In the formula (Z-3), m=2, the number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2)=6, the compound in which R 1 is all a hydrogen atom), etc.

聚合性化合物亦可使用由下述通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物。As the polymerizable compound, a compound represented by the following general formula (Z-4) or general formula (Z-5) can also be used.

[化44]

Figure 02_image089
[化44]
Figure 02_image089

通式(Z-4)及通式(Z-5)中,E分別獨立地表示-((CH2 )y CH2 O)-、或-((CH2 )y CH(CH3 )O)-,y分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,X分別獨立地表示(甲基)丙烯醯基、氫原子、或羧基。 通式(Z-4)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計為3個或4個,m分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各m的合計為0~40的整數。其中,當各m的合計為0時,X中的任一個為羧基。 通式(Z-5)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計為5個或6個,n分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各n的合計為0~60的整數。其中,當各n的合計為0時,X中的任一個為羧基。In the general formula (Z-4) and the general formula (Z-5), E independently represents -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O) -, y each independently represent an integer of 0 to 10, and X each independently represents a (meth)acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group. In the general formula (Z-4), the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 3 or 4, m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40. However, when the total of each m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group. In the general formula (Z-5), the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 5 or 6, n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n represents an integer of 0 to 60. However, when the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

通式(Z-4)中,m較佳為0~6的整數,更佳為0~4的整數。 另外,各m的合計較佳為2~40的整數,更佳為2~16的整數,特佳為4~8的整數。 通式(Z-5)中,n較佳為0~6的整數,更佳為0~4的整數。 另外,各n的合計較佳為3~60的整數,更佳為3~24的整數,特佳為6~12的整數。 另外,通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)中的-((CH2 )y CH2 O)-或-((CH2 )y CH(CH3 )O)-較佳為氧原子側的末端與X鍵結的形態。In the general formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. In addition, the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8. In the general formula (Z-5), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. In addition, the total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12. In addition, -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- in the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5) is preferably The form where the terminal on the oxygen atom side is bonded to X.

由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。尤其,較佳為於通式(Z-5)中,6個X均為丙烯醯基的形態。The compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In particular, in the general formula (Z-5), it is preferred that the six Xs are all propylene acetyl groups.

另外,作為由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物於聚合性化合物中的總含量,較佳為20質量%以上,更佳為50質量%以上。The total content of the compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5) in the polymerizable compound is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more.

由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物可由如下步驟來合成:藉由使季戊四醇或二季戊四醇與環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷進行開環加成反應來使開環骨架鍵結的步驟、以及使開環骨架的末端羥基與例如(甲基)丙烯醯氯進行反應來導入(甲基)丙烯醯基的步驟。各步驟是廣為人知的步驟,本領域從業人員可容易地合成由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5) can be synthesized by the following steps: by performing a ring-opening addition reaction of pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol with ethylene oxide or propylene oxide The step of ring-opening skeleton bonding, and the step of reacting the terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton with (meth)acryloyl chloride to introduce a (meth)acryloyl group. Each step is a well-known step, and those skilled in the art can easily synthesize the compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5).

由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物之中,更佳為季戊四醇衍生物及/或二季戊四醇衍生物。 具體而言,可列舉由下述式(a)~式(f)所表示的化合物(以下,亦稱為「例示化合物(a)~例示化合物(f)」),其中,較佳為例示化合物(a)、例示化合物(b)、例示化合物(e)、例示化合物(f)。Among the compounds represented by the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5), pentaerythritol derivatives and/or dipentaerythritol derivatives are more preferable. Specifically, the compounds represented by the following formula (a) to formula (f) (hereinafter, also referred to as "exemplified compounds (a) to exemplified compounds (f)") are mentioned, and among them, preferred are exemplified compounds (A), exemplified compound (b), exemplified compound (e), exemplified compound (f).

[化45]

Figure 02_image091
[化45]
Figure 02_image091

[化46]

Figure 02_image093
[化46]
Figure 02_image093

作為由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的聚合性化合物的市售品,例如可列舉:沙多瑪公司製造的作為具有4個伸乙氧基鏈的四官能丙烯酸酯的SR-494、日本化藥股份有限公司製造的作為具有6個伸戊氧基鏈的六官能丙烯酸酯的DPCA-60、作為具有3個異伸丁氧基鏈的三官能丙烯酸酯的TPA-330等。As a commercially available product of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (Z-4) or the general formula (Z-5), for example, a tetrafunctional product having four ethoxylated chains manufactured by Sadoran Corporation can be cited. Acrylic ester SR-494, DPCA-60 as a hexafunctional acrylate with 6 pentanyloxy chains manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., as a trifunctional acrylate with 3 isobutyleneoxy chains TPA-330 and so on.

於本發明中,作為聚合性化合物,亦可使用具有環氧基的化合物。作為具有環氧基的化合物,較佳為1分子內具有兩個以上的環氧基者。藉由使用1分子內具有兩個以上的環氧基的化合物,而可更有效地達成本發明的效果。於1分子內,環氧基較佳為2個~10個,更佳為2個~5個,特佳為3個。In the present invention, as the polymerizable compound, a compound having an epoxy group can also be used. As the compound having an epoxy group, those having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred. By using a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule, the effect of the invention can be more effectively achieved. Within 1 molecule, the epoxy group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 3.

於本發明中,具有環氧基的化合物可較佳地使用具有2個苯環藉由烴基而連結的結構者。烴基較佳為碳數1~6的伸烷基。 另外,環氧基較佳為經由連結基進行連結。作為連結基,可列舉含有選自伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、由-NR'-(R'表示氫原子、可具有取代基的烷基或可具有取代基的芳基,較佳為氫原子)所表示的結構、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-及-S-中的至少一個的基。In the present invention, as the compound having an epoxy group, a structure having two benzene rings connected by a hydrocarbon group can be preferably used. The hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In addition, the epoxy group is preferably linked via a linking group. Examples of the linking group include an alkyl group containing an alkyl group, an aryl group, -O-, a hydrogen atom represented by -NR'-(R', a substituent that may have a substituent, or an aryl group that may have a substituent. It is preferably a group represented by a hydrogen atom), at least one of -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, and -S-.

具有環氧基的化合物的環氧當量(=具有環氧基的化合物的分子量/環氧基的數量)較佳為500 g/eq以下,更佳為100 g/eq~400 g/eq,進而更佳為100 g/eq~300 g/eq。藉由將具有環氧基的化合物的環氧當量的上限值設為500 g/eq以下,而可獲得所述效果。另外,就實用上的穩定性而言,較佳為將具有環氧基的化合物的環氧當量的下限值設為100 g/eq以上。The epoxy equivalent of the compound having an epoxy group (= molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group/number of epoxy groups) is preferably 500 g/eq or less, more preferably 100 g/eq to 400 g/eq, and More preferably, it is 100 g/eq to 300 g/eq. The effect can be obtained by setting the upper limit of the epoxy equivalent of the compound having an epoxy group to 500 g/eq or less. In terms of practical stability, the lower limit of the epoxy equivalent of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 100 g/eq or more.

具有環氧基的化合物可為低分子化合物(例如分子量未滿2000,進而,分子量未滿1000),亦可為高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如分子量為1000以上,於聚合物的情況下,重量平均分子量為1000以上)的任一者。具有環氧基的化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為200~100000,更佳為500~50000。The compound having an epoxy group may be a low-molecular compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2000, and further, a molecular weight of less than 1,000), or a macromolecule (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, the weight Any one with an average molecular weight of 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, and more preferably 500 to 50,000.

作為2個苯環藉由烴基而連結的結構的具有環氧基的化合物,可較佳地使用由下述通式(2a)所表示的化合物。As the compound having an epoxy group having a structure in which two benzene rings are connected by a hydrocarbon group, a compound represented by the following general formula (2a) can be preferably used.

[化47]

Figure 02_image095
[化47]
Figure 02_image095

通式(2a)中,R1 ~R19 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、或鹵素原子。 通式(2a)的R1 ~R19 的詳細情況可參考日本專利特開2013-011869號公報的段落號0036,其內容可包含於本申請案說明書中。 尤其,R1 ~R19 較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、甲基、乙基或甲氧基的任一者。另外,更佳為選自R13 、R18 及R19 中的一個以上為甲基。進而更佳為R13 、R18 及R19 為甲基,R1 ~R12 、R14 ~R17 為氫原子。 由所述通式(2a)所表示的化合物可參考日本專利特開2013-011869號公報的段落號0036來合成。作為市售品,可列舉:普林泰科(Printec)股份有限公司製造的VG-3101L、日本化藥股份有限公司製造的NC-6000及NC-6300等。In the general formula (2a), R 1 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom. For details of R 1 to R 19 of the general formula (2a), reference can be made to paragraph No. 0036 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-011869, and the contents thereof can be included in the specification of the present application. In particular, R 1 to R 19 are preferably independently any one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a methoxy group. In addition, it is more preferable that at least one selected from R 13 , R 18 and R 19 is a methyl group. Even more preferably, R 13 , R 18 and R 19 are methyl groups, and R 1 to R 12 and R 14 to R 17 are hydrogen atoms. The compound represented by the general formula (2a) can be synthesized with reference to paragraph No. 0036 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-011869. Examples of commercially available products include VG-3101L manufactured by Printec Co., Ltd., NC-6000 and NC-6300 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and the like.

具有環氧基的化合物例如可使用由下述通式(EP1)所表示的化合物。As the compound having an epoxy group, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (EP1) can be used.

[化48]

Figure 02_image097
[Chemical 48]
Figure 02_image097

式(EP1)中,REP1 ~REP3 分別表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基,烷基可為具有環狀結構者,另外,亦可具有取代基。另外,REP1 與REP2 、REP2 與REP3 可相互鍵結而形成環結構。 QEP 表示單鍵或nEP 價的有機基。REP1 ~REP3 均可與QEP 鍵結而形成環結構。 nEP 表示2以上的整數,較佳為2~10,更佳為2~6。但是,當QEP 為單鍵時,nEP 為2。 REP1 ~REP3 、QEP 的詳細情況可參考日本專利特開2014-089408號公報的段落號0087~段落號0088的記載,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。In the formula (EP1), R EP1 to R EP3 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, and an alkyl group. The alkyl group may have a cyclic structure, and may further have a substituent. In addition, R EP1 and R EP2 , R EP2 and R EP3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Q EP represents a single bond or n EP valent organic group. R EP1 ~R EP3 can be bonded to Q EP to form a ring structure. n EP represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably 2-10, and more preferably 2-6. However, when Q EP is a single bond, n EP is 2. For details of R EP1 to R EP3 and Q EP , please refer to the descriptions in paragraph Nos. 0087 to 0088 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-089408, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application.

以下例示具有環氧基的化合物的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些具體例。Specific examples of the compound having an epoxy group are illustrated below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化49]

Figure 02_image099
[化50]
Figure 02_image101
[Chem 49]
Figure 02_image099
[化50]
Figure 02_image101

作為具有環氧基的化合物,亦可較佳地使用側鏈上具有環氧基的寡聚物或聚合物。作為此種化合物,可列舉:雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、脂肪族環氧樹脂等。 該些化合物可使用市售品,亦可藉由向聚合物的側鏈上導入環氧基而獲得。 作為市售品,例如雙酚A型環氧樹脂為JER827、JER828、JER834、JER1001、JER1002、JER1003、JER1055、JER1007、JER1009、JER1010(以上、日本環氧樹脂(Japan Epoxy Resins)(股份)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)860、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1050、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1051、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1055(以上,迪愛生(DIC)(股份)製造)等,雙酚F型環氧樹脂為JER806、JER807、JER4004、JER4005、JER4007、JER4010(以上,日本環氧樹脂(股份)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)830、艾比克隆(EPICLON)835(以上,迪愛生(股份)製造),LCE-21、RE-602S(以上,日本化藥(股份)製造)等,苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為JER152、JER154、JER157S70、JER157S65(以上,日本環氧樹脂(股份)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-740、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-770、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-775(以上,迪愛生(股份)製造)等,甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-660、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-665、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-670、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-673、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-680、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-690、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-695(以上,迪愛生(股份)製造),EOCN-1020(以上,日本化藥(股份)製造)等,脂肪族環氧樹脂為艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4080S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4085S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4088S(以上,艾迪科(ADEKA)(股份)製造),賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2081、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2083、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2085、EHPE3150、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 3600、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 4700(以上,大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業(股份)製造),丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-212L、EX-214L、EX-216L、EX-321L、EX-850L(以上,長瀨化成(Nagase chemteX)(股份)製造)等。除此以外,亦可列舉艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4000S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4003S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4010S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4011S(以上,艾迪科(股份)製造),NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上,艾迪科(股份)製造),JER1031S(日本環氧樹脂(股份)製造)等。 另外,亦可較佳地使用JER1031S(三菱化學(股份)製造)、JER1032H60(三菱化學(股份)製造)、艾比克隆(EPICLON)HP-4700(迪愛生(股份)公司製造)、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-695(迪愛生(股份)公司製造)、艾比克隆(EPICLON)840(迪愛生(股份)公司製造)、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N660(迪愛生(股份)公司製造)、艾比克隆(EPICLON)HP7200(迪愛生(股份)公司製造)等。As the compound having an epoxy group, an oligomer or polymer having an epoxy group in the side chain can also be preferably used. Examples of such compounds include bisphenol A epoxy resin, bisphenol F epoxy resin, phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, and aliphatic epoxy resin. These compounds may be commercially available products or may be obtained by introducing an epoxy group into the side chain of the polymer. As commercial products, for example, bisphenol A type epoxy resins are JER827, JER828, JER834, JER1001, JER1002, JER1003, JER1055, JER1007, JER1009, JER1010 (above, manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resins (shares)) , EPICLON 860, EPICLON 1050, EPICLON 1051, EPICLON 1055 (above, manufactured by DIC (stock)), etc., Bisphenol F Type epoxy resins are JER806, JER807, JER4004, JER4005, JER4007, JER4010 (above, manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Epiclon (830), Epiclon (EPICLON) 835 (above, Di Aisheng ( Co., Ltd.), LCE-21, RE-602S (above, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku (Co., Ltd.)), etc., phenol novolac epoxy resins are JER152, JER154, JER157S70, JER157S65 (above, Japan Epoxy (share)) Manufacturing), Epiclon (EPICLON) N-740, Epiclon (EPICLON) N-770, Epiclon (EPICLON) N-775 (above, manufactured by Di Aisheng (stock)), etc., cresol novolac type ring Oxygen resins are EPICLON N-660, EPICLON N-665, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N -680, Epiclon (EPICLON) N-690, Epiclon (EPICLON) N-695 (above, manufactured by Di Aisheng (stock)), EOCN-1020 (above, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku (share)), etc., fat Group epoxy resins are ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S (above, ADEKA) (ADEKA) Shares) Manufacturing), Celloxide 2021P, Celloxide 2081, Celloxide 2083, Celloxide 2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, EPOLEAD PB 4700 (above, manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Denacol EX-212L, EX-214L, EX-216L, EX -321L, EX-850L (above, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX (shares)), etc. In addition to this, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, ADEKA RESIN ) EP-4011S (above, manufactured by Adiko (share)), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above, manufactured by Adico (share)) , JER1031S (manufactured by Japan Epoxy Co., Ltd.), etc. In addition, JER1031S (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), JER1032H60 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), Epiclon HP-4700 (manufactured by Di Aisheng Co., Ltd.), and Epiclon (EPICLON) N-695 (manufactured by Di Aisheng (stock) company), Epiclon (EPICLON) 840 (manufactured by Di Aisheng (stock company)), Epiclon (EPICLON) N660 (manufactured by Di Aisheng (stock company)), Epiclon (EPICLON) HP7200 (made by Di Aisheng (stock) company), etc.

於本發明中,作為聚合性化合物,如日本專利特公昭48-41708號公報、日本專利特開昭51-37193號公報、日本專利特公平2-32293號公報、日本專利特公平2-16765號公報中所記載的丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,或日本專利特公昭58-49860號公報、日本專利特公昭56-17654號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39417號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39418號公報中記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架的胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦適宜。另外,藉由使用日本專利特開昭63-277653號公報、日本專利特開昭63-260909號公報、日本專利特開平1-105238號公報中所記載的分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構的加成聚合性化合物類,可獲得感光速度非常優異的著色組成物。 另外,於本發明中,亦可使用具有氧雜環丁烷基的化合物作為聚合性化合物。作為具有氧雜環丁烷基的化合物,可列舉日本專利特開2008-224970號公報的段落0134~段落0145中記載的化合物,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。作為具體例,可使用亞龍氧雜環丁烷(ARON OXETANE)OXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ、PNOX(以上,東亞合成(股份)製造)。 作為聚合性化合物的市售品,可列舉:胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(山陽國策紙漿(Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp)公司製造),UA-7200(新中村化學公司製造),DPHA-40H(日本化藥公司製造),UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共榮社製造)等。In the present invention, as polymerizable compounds, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 48-41708, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 51-37193, Japanese Patent No. 2-32293, Japanese Patent No. 2-16765 Acrylic urethanes described in the gazette, or Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39417, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39418 Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in the Japanese Patent Publication are also suitable. In addition, by using Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 1-105238, the molecule has an amine group structure or a sulfide structure The addition of polymerizable compounds, can obtain a coloring composition with very excellent photosensitivity. In addition, in the present invention, a compound having an oxetane group can also be used as a polymerizable compound. Examples of the compound having an oxetanyl group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0145 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-224970, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into this specification. As a specific example, ARON OXETANE OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX (above, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) can be used. Examples of commercially available products of polymerizable compounds include urethane oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp), UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) , DPHA-40H (made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (made by Kyoeisha), etc.

於本發明的著色組成物中,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,聚合性化合物的含量較佳為0.1質量%~30質量%。下限例如更佳為0.5質量%以上,進而更佳為1質量%以上。上限例如更佳為20質量%以下,進而更佳為15質量%以下。聚合性化合物可為單獨一種,亦可併用兩種以上。當併用兩種以上時,較佳為合計量變成所述範圍。In the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the polymerizable compound relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass. For example, the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and still more preferably 15% by mass or less. The polymerizable compound may be a single kind, or two or more kinds may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount preferably falls within the above range.

<<多官能硫醇化合物>> 以促進聚合性化合物的反應等為目的,本發明的著色組成物亦可含有分子內具有兩個以上的巰基的多官能硫醇化合物。多官能硫醇化合物較佳為二級的烷烴硫醇類,特佳為具有由下述通式(T1)所表示的結構的化合物。 通式(T1) [化51]

Figure 02_image103
(式(T1)中,n表示2~4的整數,L表示二價~四價的連結基)<<Multifunctional thiol compound>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a polyfunctional thiol compound having two or more thiol groups in the molecule for the purpose of promoting the reaction of the polymerizable compound and the like. The polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkane thiol, and particularly preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (T1). General formula (T1) [Chem. 51]
Figure 02_image103
(In formula (T1), n represents an integer of 2 to 4, and L represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group)

所述通式(T1)中,連結基L較佳為碳數2~12的脂肪族基,特佳為n為2、L為碳數2~12的伸烷基。作為多官能硫醇化合物的具體例,可列舉由下述的結構式(T2)~結構式(T4)所表示的化合物,特佳為由式(T2)所表示的化合物。該些多官能硫醇可使用一種、或將多種組合使用。In the general formula (T1), the linking group L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably n is 2 and L is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the polyfunctional thiol compound include compounds represented by the following structural formula (T2) to structural formula (T4), and the compound represented by the formula (T2) is particularly preferred. These polyfunctional thiols can be used alone or in combination.

[化52]

Figure 02_image105
[化52]
Figure 02_image105

當本發明的著色組成物含有多官能硫醇化合物時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,多官能硫醇的含量較佳為0.3質量%~8.9質量%,更佳為0.8質量%~6.4質量%。另外,多官能硫醇亦能夠以改良穩定性、臭氣、解析性、顯影性、密接性等為目的而添加。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polyfunctional thiol compound, the content of the polyfunctional thiol relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3% by mass to 8.9% by mass, and more preferably 0.8% by mass to 6.4% by mass quality%. In addition, polyfunctional thiols can also be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion, and the like.

<<其他色素>> 本發明的著色組成物亦可含有所述色素多聚體(A)以外的色素(以下,亦稱為其他色素)。其他色素可較佳地使用顏料、染料的任一者,就對於熱或光的耐受性高這一理由而言,更佳為顏料。 其他色素中,相對於其他色素的總量,顏料的含量較佳為95質量%以上,更佳為97質量%以上,進而更佳為99質量%以上。根據該形態,容易獲得對於熱或光的耐受性變高的效果。 作為顏料,可使用先前公知的各種無機顏料或有機顏料,較佳為有機顏料。<<Other Dyestuffs>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a dye (hereinafter, also referred to as other dye) other than the dye multimer (A). Either pigment or dye can be preferably used for other pigments, and it is more preferably a pigment for the reason of high resistance to heat or light. Among other pigments, the content of the pigment is preferably 95% by mass or more, more preferably 97% by mass or more, and even more preferably 99% by mass or more relative to the total amount of other pigments. According to this aspect, it is easy to obtain an effect that resistance to heat or light becomes high. As the pigment, various conventionally known inorganic pigments or organic pigments can be used, and organic pigments are preferred.

<<<染料>>> 作為染料,並無特別限制,可使用彩色濾光器中所使用的公知的染料。例如可使用:日本專利特開昭64-90403號公報、日本專利特開昭64-91102號公報、日本專利特開平1-94301號公報、日本專利特開平6-11614號公報、日本專利特登2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、日本專利特開平5-333207號公報、日本專利特開平6-35183號公報、日本專利特開平6-51115號公報、日本專利特開平6-194828號公報等中所揭示的染料。作為化學結構,可使用吡唑偶氮系、吡咯亞甲基系、苯胺基偶氮系、三芳基甲烷系、蒽醌系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺系等的染料。<<<Dye>>> The dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes used in color filters can be used. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 64-90403, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 64-91102, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 1-94301, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-11614, Japanese Patent No. No. 2592207, U.S. Patent No. 4808501, U.S. Patent No. 5667920, U.S. Patent No. 505950, U.S. Patent No. 5667920, U.S. Patent Publication No. 5-333207, Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-35183, Japanese Patent Publication Dye disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-51115, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-194828, etc. As the chemical structure, pyrazole azo, pyrrole methylene, anilinoazo, triarylmethane, anthraquinone, benzylidene, oxacyanine, pyrazolotriazole azo can be used Series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole methylimide series dyes.

<<<顏料>>> 作為無機顏料,可列舉由金屬氧化物、金屬錯鹽等所表示的金屬化合物或碳黑(C.I.顏料黑7)。作為金屬化合物,具體而言,可列舉:鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等的金屬氧化物,及金屬的複合氧化物。<<<Pigment>>> Examples of the inorganic pigment include metal compounds represented by metal oxides, metal complex salts, and the like or carbon black (C.I. Pigment Black 7). Specific examples of the metal compound include metal oxides such as iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, and antimony, and composite oxides of metals.

作為有機顏料,例如可列舉如下顏料等: C.I.顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃31、C.I.顏料黃53、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃93、C.I.顏料黃99、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃147、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃155、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃185、C.I.顏料黃199; C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙38、C.I.顏料橙43、C.I.顏料橙71; C.I.顏料紅81、C.I.顏料紅105、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅150、C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅167、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅176、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅179、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅220、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅264、C.I.顏料紅270; C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫32、C.I.顏料紫39; C.I.顏料藍1、C.I.顏料藍2、C.I.顏料藍15、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍16、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍66; C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58; C.I.顏料棕25、C.I.顏料棕28; C.I.顏料黑1。Examples of organic pigments include the following pigments: CI Pigment Yellow 11, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 31, CI Pigment Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 99, CI Pigment Yellow 108 , CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 147, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 155, CI Pigment Yellow 167 , CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Yellow 199; CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 38, CI Pigment Orange 43, CI Pigment Orange 71; CI Pigment Red 81, CI Pigment Red 105, CI Pigment Red 122 , CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment Red 150, CI Pigment Red 155, CI Pigment Red 167, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 179, CI Pigment Red 209 , CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 224, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 270; CI Pigment Violet 19, CI Pigment Violet 23, CI Pigment Violet 32 , CI Pigment Violet 39; CI Pigment Blue 1, CI Pigment Blue 2, CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment Blue 15:1, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16, CI Pigment Blue 22. CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 66; CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37, CI Pigment Green 58; CI Pigment Brown 25, CI Pigment Brown 28; CI Pigment Black 1.

有機顏料可單獨使用、或者為了分光的調整或提昇色純度而將各種有機顏料組合使用。以下表示較佳的組合的具體例。 例如,作為紅色顏料,可單獨使用蒽醌系顏料、苝系顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料,或者可使用該些顏料的至少一種與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、異吲哚啉系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料或苝系紅色顏料的混合等。例如,作為蒽醌系顏料,可列舉C.I.顏料紅177,作為苝系顏料,可列舉C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅224,作為二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料,可列舉C.I.顏料紅254,就分色性的觀點而言,較佳為與C.I.顏料黃139的混合。另外,紅色顏料與黃色顏料的質量比較佳為100:5~100:50,更佳為100:10~100:30的範圍。於紅色顏料彼此的組合的情況下,可結合所要求的分光進行調整。 作為綠色顏料,可單獨使用鹵化酞菁系顏料,或者可使用其與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料、甲亞胺系黃色顏料或異吲哚啉系黃色顏料的混合。例如,作為此種例,較佳為C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37與C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃180或C.I.顏料黃185的混合。綠色顏料與黃色顏料的質量比較佳為100:5~100:150,更佳為100:30~100:120的範圍。 作為藍色顏料,可單獨使用酞菁系顏料、或者可使用其與二噁嗪系紫色顏料的混合。例如,較佳為C.I.顏料藍15:6與C.I.顏料紫23的混合。藍色顏料與紫色顏料的質量比較佳為100:0~100:100。 作為黑色矩陣用的顏料,可單獨使用碳、鈦黑、氧化鐵、氧化鈦,或者可使用該些顏料中的兩種以上的混合,較佳為碳與鈦黑的組合。另外,碳與鈦黑的質量比較佳為100:0~100:60的範圍。The organic pigments can be used alone, or various organic pigments can be used in combination for the purpose of spectral adjustment or color purity improvement. The following shows specific examples of preferred combinations. For example, as the red pigment, anthraquinone-based pigments, perylene-based pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigments may be used alone, or at least one of these pigments may be used in combination with the disazo-based yellow pigments and isoindoline-based yellow pigments. , A mixture of quinophthalone yellow pigment or perylene red pigment. For example, examples of anthraquinone pigments include CI Pigment Red 177, examples of perylene pigments include CI Pigment Red 155 and CI Pigment Red 224, and examples of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments include CI Pigment Red 254. From the viewpoint of color properties, it is preferably mixed with CI Pigment Yellow 139. In addition, the quality of the red pigment and the yellow pigment is preferably in the range of 100:5 to 100:50, and more preferably in the range of 100:10 to 100:30. In the case of a combination of red pigments, it can be adjusted in accordance with the required spectral distribution. As the green pigment, a halogenated phthalocyanine-based pigment may be used alone, or a mixture thereof with a disazo-based yellow pigment, a quinophthalone-based yellow pigment, a methylenimine-based yellow pigment, or an isoindolin-based yellow pigment may be used. For example, as such an example, CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37 and CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 180 or Mix of CI Pigment Yellow 185. The quality of the green pigment and the yellow pigment is preferably in the range of 100:5 to 100:150, and more preferably in the range of 100:30 to 100:120. As the blue pigment, a phthalocyanine-based pigment may be used alone, or a mixture thereof with a dioxazine-based purple pigment may be used. For example, a mixture of C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is preferred. The quality of the blue pigment and the purple pigment is preferably 100:0 to 100:100. As the pigment for the black matrix, carbon, titanium black, iron oxide, or titanium oxide may be used alone, or a mixture of two or more of these pigments may be used, and a combination of carbon and titanium black is preferable. In addition, the quality of carbon and titanium black is preferably in the range of 100:0 to 100:60.

關於顏料的一次粒徑,於用作彩色濾光器用途的情況下,就顏色不均或對比度的觀點而言,較佳為100 nm以下,另外,就分散穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為5 nm以上。顏料的一次粒徑更佳為5 nm~75 nm,進而更佳為5 nm~55 nm,特佳為5 nm~35 nm。 顏料的一次粒徑可藉由電子顯微鏡等公知的方法來測定。 其中,作為顏料,較佳為選自蒽醌顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料、酞菁顏料、喹酞酮顏料、異吲哚啉顏料、甲亞胺顏料、及二噁嗪顏料中的顏料。尤其,較佳為C.I.顏料紅177(蒽醌顏料),C.I.顏料紅254(二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料),C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠58,C.I.顏料藍15:6(酞菁顏料),C.I.顏料黃138(喹酞酮顏料),C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃185(異吲哚啉顏料),C.I.顏料黃150(甲亞胺顏料),C.I.顏料紫23(二噁嗪顏料)。The primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 100 nm or less from the viewpoint of color unevenness or contrast when used as a color filter, and from the viewpoint of dispersion stability Above 5 nm. The primary particle diameter of the pigment is more preferably 5 nm to 75 nm, further preferably 5 nm to 55 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 35 nm. The primary particle diameter of the pigment can be measured by a well-known method such as an electron microscope. Among them, the pigment is preferably a pigment selected from the group consisting of anthraquinone pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, isoindoline pigments, methylimine pigments, and dioxazine pigments. In particular, CI Pigment Red 177 (anthraquinone pigment), CI Pigment Red 254 (diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment), CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 58 and CI Pigment Blue 15:6 are preferred. Phthalocyanine pigments), CI Pigment Yellow 138 (quinophthalone pigments), CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 185 (isoindoline pigments), CI Pigment Yellow 150 (methyl imine pigments), CI Pigment Violet 23 (two Oxazine pigment).

當本發明的著色組成物含有其他色素時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,其他色素的含量較佳為10質量%~70質量%,更佳為25質量%~65質量%,進而更佳為35質量%~55質量%。 本發明的著色組成物可僅含有一種其他色素,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains other pigments, the content of the other pigments is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass to 65% by mass relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition, and even more It is preferably 35% by mass to 55% by mass. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one other pigment, or two or more types. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<樹脂>> 本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有樹脂。作為該樹脂,可列舉使顏料分散的樹脂(分散樹脂)、或鹼可溶性樹脂等。<<Resin>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a resin. Examples of the resin include resins that disperse pigments (dispersion resins), alkali-soluble resins, and the like.

<<<分散樹脂>>> 作為分散樹脂,例如可列舉:聚醯胺胺與其鹽、多羧酸與其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物等高分子分散劑。 高分子分散劑根據其結構而可進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的末端改質型高分子、具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子、具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的嵌段型高分子。<<<Dispersion resin>>> Examples of the dispersion resin include polyamidoamine and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, Modified polymer dispersants such as poly(meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylic copolymers, and formalin naphthalenesulfonate condensates. Polymer dispersants can be further classified into linear polymers, terminal modified polymers with fixed sites on the surface of the pigment, grafted polymers with fixed sites on the surface of the pigment, and pigments based on their structure. Block type polymer on the fixed part of the surface.

作為具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的末端改質型高分子,例如可列舉:日本專利特開平3-112992號公報及日本專利特表2003-533455號公報等中所記載的於末端具有磷酸基的高分子,日本專利特開2002-273191號公報等中所記載的於末端具有磺酸基的高分子,日本專利特開平9-77994號公報等中所記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環的高分子等。另外,日本專利特開2007-277514號公報中所記載的於高分子末端導入有兩個以上針對顏料表面的固定部位(酸基、鹼性基、有機色素的部分骨架或雜環等)的高分子的分散穩定性亦優異,而較佳。Examples of the terminal-modified polymer having a fixed portion for the surface of the pigment include, for example, those having a phosphate group at the terminal as described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3-112992 and Japanese Patent No. 2003-533455. Polymers, polymers having sulfonic acid groups at the ends described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-273191, etc., partial skeletons or heterocycles having organic dyes described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-77994, etc. Of polymers. In addition, as described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-277514, two or more fixing sites (acid groups, basic groups, partial skeletons of organic dyes, or heterocyclic rings, etc.) on the surface of the pigment are introduced into the polymer terminal. The dispersion stability of the molecules is also excellent and better.

作為具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子,例如可列舉聚酯系樹脂等。具體而言,可列舉:日本專利特開昭54-37082號公報、日本專利特表平8-507960號公報、日本專利特開2009-258668號公報等中所記載的聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)與聚酯的反應產物,日本專利特開平9-169821號公報等中所記載的聚烯丙基胺與聚酯的反應產物,日本專利特開平10-339949號公報、日本專利特開2004-37986號公報等中所記載的大分子單體與氮原子單體的共聚物,日本專利特開2003-238837號公報、日本專利特開2008-9426號公報、日本專利特開2008-81732號公報等中所記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環的接枝型高分子,日本專利特開2010-106268號公報等中所記載的大分子單體與含有酸基的單體的共聚物等。尤其,就顏料分散物的分散性、分散穩定性、及使用顏料分散物的著色組成物所顯示的顯影性的觀點而言,特佳為日本專利特開2009-203462號公報中所記載的具有鹼性基與酸基的兩性樹脂。Examples of the graft-type polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment include polyester resins. Specifically, the poly(lower alkylene group described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 54-37082, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-507960, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-258668, etc. can be cited. Amine) and polyester reaction product, the reaction product of polyallylamine and polyester described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-169821, etc., Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-339949, Japanese Patent Laid-Open 2004 -Copolymer of macromonomer and nitrogen atom monomer described in JP-37986, etc., JP-A-2003-238837, JP-A-2008-9426, JP-A-2008-81732 A graft polymer having a partial skeleton or a heterocyclic ring of an organic dye described in the gazette, etc., a copolymer of a macromonomer and an acid group-containing monomer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-106268, etc. Wait. In particular, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility, dispersion stability of the pigment dispersion, and the developability exhibited by the coloring composition using the pigment dispersion, it is particularly preferable to have the properties described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-203462 Amphoteric resin of basic group and acid group.

作為藉由自由基聚合來製造接枝型高分子時所使用的大分子單體,可使用公知的大分子單體,可列舉:東亞合成(股份)製造的大分子單體AA-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、AS-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚苯乙烯)、AN-6S(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的苯乙烯與丙烯腈的共聚物)、AB-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚丙烯酸丁酯),大賽璐化學工業(股份)製造的普拉賽爾(Placcel)FM5(甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯5莫耳當量加成物)、FA10L(丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯10莫耳當量加成物),以及日本專利特開平2-272009號公報中所記載的聚酯系大分子單體等。該些之中,尤其就顏料分散物的分散性、分散穩定性、及使用顏料分散物的著色組成物所顯示的顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為柔軟性且親溶劑性優異的聚酯系大分子單體,特佳為由日本專利特開平2-272009號公報中記載的聚酯系大分子單體所表示的聚酯系大分子單體。As the macromonomer used when producing the graft-type polymer by radical polymerization, a well-known macromonomer can be used, and examples thereof include macromonomer AA-6 (terminal Polymethyl methacrylate with a methacryl group), AS-6 (polystyrene with a methacryl group as the terminal group), AN-6S (styrene with methacryl group as the terminal group) Copolymer of acrylonitrile), AB-6 (polybutyl acrylate with methacryloyl group as the terminal group), Placcel FM5 (2-hydroxymethacrylate) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Ε-caprolactone 5-mole equivalent adduct of ethyl ester), FA10L (ε-caprolactone 10-mole equivalent adduct of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate), and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-272009 The polyester-based macromonomer described in the above. Among these, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility, dispersion stability of the pigment dispersion, and the developability exhibited by the coloring composition using the pigment dispersion, it is preferably a polyester which is flexible and excellent in lyophilic properties The macromonomer is particularly preferably a polyester macromonomer represented by the polyester macromonomer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-272009.

作為具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的嵌段型高分子,較佳為日本專利特開2003-49110號公報、日本專利特開2009-52010號公報等中所記載的嵌段型高分子。As the block-type polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment, the block-type polymer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-49110, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-52010, etc. is preferable.

樹脂亦可作為市售品而獲得,作為此種具體例,可列舉:楠木化成股份有限公司製造的「DA-7301」,畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造的「迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-101(聚醯胺胺磷酸鹽)、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-107(羧酸酯)、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-110(含有酸基的共聚物)、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-130(聚醯胺)、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-161、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-162、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-163、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-164、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-165、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-166、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-170(高分子共聚物)」、「BYK-P104、BYK-P105(高分子量不飽和多羧酸)」,埃夫卡(EFKA)公司製造的「埃夫卡(EFKA)4047、埃夫卡(EFKA)4050~埃夫卡(EFKA)4010~埃夫卡(EFKA)4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、埃夫卡(EFKA)4330~埃夫卡(EFKA)4340(嵌段共聚物)、埃夫卡(EFKA)4400~埃夫卡(EFKA)4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、埃夫卡(EFKA)5010(聚酯醯胺)、埃夫卡(EFKA)5765(高分子量多羧酸鹽)、埃夫卡(EFKA)6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、埃夫卡(EFKA)6745(酞菁衍生物)、埃夫卡(EFKA)6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)」,味之素精密技術(Ajinomoto Fine-Techno)公司製造的「阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB821、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB822、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB880、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB881」,共榮社化學公司製造的「弗洛蘭(Florene)TG-710(胺基甲酸酯寡聚物)、珀利弗洛(Polyflow)No.50E、珀利弗洛(Polyflow)No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)」,楠本化成公司製造的「迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)KS-860、迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)873SN、迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)874、迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)#2150(脂肪族多元羧酸)、迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)#7004(聚醚酯)、迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)DA-703-50、迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)DA-705、迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)DA-725」,花王公司製造的「德莫耳(Demol)RN、德莫耳(Demol)N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、德莫耳(Demol)MS、德莫耳(Demol)C、德莫耳(Demol)SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)」,「火莫格諾(Homogenol)L-18(高分子多羧酸),艾馬吉(Emalgen)920、艾馬吉(Emalgen)930、艾馬吉(Emalgen)935、艾馬吉(Emalgen)985(聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚),阿塞他命(Acetamin)86(硬脂基胺乙酸酯)」,日本路博潤(Lubrizol)(股份)製造的「索努帕斯(Solsperse)5000(酞菁衍生物)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)13240(聚酯胺)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)3000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)17000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)27000(末端部具有功能部的高分子)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)24000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)28000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)32000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)38500(接枝型高分子)」,日光化學(Nikko Chemicals)公司製造的「尼克爾(Nikol)T106(聚氧乙烯去水山梨糖醇單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯單硬脂酸酯)」,川研精化(Kawaken Fine Chemicals)(股份)製造的「海諾埃克特(Hinoact)T-8000E等」,信越化學工業(股份)製造的「有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341」,裕商(股份)製造的「W001:陽離子系界面活性劑、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油烯基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、去水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑、『W004、W005、W017』等陰離子系界面活性劑」,森下產業(股份)製造的「埃夫卡(EFKA)-46、埃夫卡(EFKA)-47、埃夫卡(EFKA)-47EA、埃夫卡聚合物(EFKA Polymer)100、埃夫卡聚合物(EFKA Polymer)400、埃夫卡聚合物(EFKA Polymer)401、埃夫卡聚合物(EFKA Polymer)450」,聖諾普科(Sannopco)(股份)製造的「迪斯帕斯艾德(Disperse Aid)6、迪斯帕斯艾德(Disperse Aid)8、迪斯帕斯艾德(Disperse Aid)15、迪斯帕斯艾德(Disperse Aid)9100」等高分子分散劑,艾迪科(股份)製造的「艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L31、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F38、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L42、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L44、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L61、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L64、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F68、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L72、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P95、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F77、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P84、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F87、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P94、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L101、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P103、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F108、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L121、艾迪科普朗尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P-123」,以及三洋化成(股份)製造的「伊奧奈特(Ionet)(商品名)S-20」等。The resin can also be obtained as a commercially available product. Examples of such specific examples include "DA-7301" manufactured by Nanmu Chemical Co., Ltd. and "Disperbyk" manufactured by BYK Chemie. )-101 (polyamide amine phosphate), Disperbyk-107 (carboxylate), Disperbyk-110 (copolymer containing acid groups), Disper Disperbyk-130 (polyamide), Disperbyk-161, Disperbyk-162, Disperbyk-163, Disperbyk (Disperbyk)-164, Disperbyk-165, Disperbyk-166, Disperbyk-170 (polymer copolymer)", "BYK- P104, BYK-P105 (High Molecular Weight Unsaturated Polycarboxylic Acid), "EFKA (EFKA) 4047, EFKA (EFKA) 4050 ~ EFKA (EFKA) 4010 ~ manufactured by EFKA (EFKA) Efka (EFKA) 4165 (polyurethane system), Efka (EFKA) 4330 ~ Efka (EFKA) 4340 (block copolymer), Efka (EFKA) 4400-Efka (EFKA) 4402 (modified polyacrylate), Efka (EFKA) 5010 (polyester amide), Efka (EFKA) 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), Efka (EFKA) 6220 ( Fatty acid polyester), Efka (EFKA) 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), Efka (EFKA) 6750 (azo pigment derivative)", "Ajinomoto Fine-Techno" Ajisper (PB821), Ajisper (PB822), Ajisper (PB880), Ajisper (PB881), "Florene (Florene) manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Company ) TG-710 (urethane oligomer), Polyflow No. 50E, Polyflow No. 300 (acrylic copolymer)", manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd. Disparlon KS-860, Disparlon 873SN, Disparlon 874, Disparlon #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), Disparon (Disparlon) #7004 (polyetherester), Disparlon DA-703-50, Displon arlon) DA-705, Disparlon DA-725, "Demol RN, Demol N (formalin polycondensate of naphthalene sulfonate), Demo Demol MS, Demol C, Demol SN-B (Formalin polycondensate of aromatic sulfonic acid)", "Homogenol L-18 (high molecular weight Carboxylic acid), Emalgen (Emalgen) 920, Emalgen (Emalgen) 930, Emalgen (Emalgen) 935, Emalgen (Emalgen) 985 (polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether), astaxanthin (Acetamin) 86 (stearylamine acetate)", "Solsperse 5000 (phthalocyanine derivatives), Solsperse manufactured by Lubrizol (shares), Japan 22000 (azo pigment derivative), Sonupas (Solsperse) 13240 (polyesteramine), Sonupas (Solsperse) 3000, Sonupas (Solsperse) 17000, Sonupas (Solsperse) 27000 ( Polymer with functional part at the end), Sonupas (Solsperse) 24000, Sonupas (Solsperse) 28000, Sonupas (Solsperse) 32000, Sonupas (Solsperse) 38500 (graft type high "Molecule"", "Nikol T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate)" manufactured by Nikko Chemicals, "Hinoact T-8000E" manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals (shares), "Organic Siloxane Polymer KP341" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industries (shares), Yushang ( Shares) manufactured by "W001: cationic surfactants, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl Nonionic surfactants such as phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid esters, and anionic interfaces such as "W004, W005, W017" "Activator", "Efka (EFKA) -46, Efka (EFKA) -47, Efka (EFKA) -47EA, Efka Polymer (EFKA Polymer) 100," EFKA Polymer 400, EFKA Polymer 401, EFKA Polymer 450", SINO "Disperse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 15, Disper" manufactured by Sannopco (shares) Disperse Aid 9100" and other polymer dispersants, "Adeka Pluronic L31, Adeka Pluronic F38, Adeka Pluronic" F38, and Adecoplan Adeka Pluronic L42, Adeka Pluronic L44, Adeka Pluronic L61, Adeka Pluronic L64, Adeka Pluronic F68 , Adeka Pluronic L72, Adeka Pluronic P95, Adeka Pluronic F77, Adeka Pluronic P84, Adeka Pluronic P84, Adeka Pluronic P84 (Adeka Pluronic) F87, Adeka Pluronic P94, Adeka Pluronic L101, Adeka Pluronic P103, Adeka Pluronic F108, Adeka Pluronic L121, Adeka Pluronic P-123", and "Ionet (trade name) S-20" manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd., etc. .

樹脂可單獨使用,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。另外,樹脂亦可將具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的末端改質型高分子、具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子、具有針對顏料表面的固定部位的嵌段型高分子與後述的鹼可溶性樹脂併用。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物等、以及側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物、於具有羥基的聚合物中改質酸酐而成的樹脂,特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物。另外,日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中所記載的N位取代順丁烯二醯亞胺單體共聚物、日本專利特開2004-300204號公報中所記載的醚二聚體共聚物、日本專利特開平7-319161號公報中所記載的含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂亦較佳。The resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, the resin may also include a terminal-modified polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment, a graft polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment, and a block-type polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment. The alkali-soluble resin is used together. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include (meth)acrylic acid copolymers, itaconic acid copolymers, crotonic acid copolymers, maleic acid copolymers, partially esterified maleic acid copolymers, etc., and side chains The acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid and a resin obtained by modifying an acid anhydride in a polymer having a hydroxyl group are particularly preferably (meth)acrylic copolymers. In addition, the N-substituted maleimide diimide monomer copolymer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-300922, the ether dimer copolymer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-300204, The alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-319161 is also preferable.

於著色組成物中,當含有分散樹脂時,作為分散樹脂的含量,相對於顏料100質量份,較佳為1質量份~100質量份。下限例如更佳為5質量份以上,進而更佳為10質量份以上。上限例如更佳為80質量份以下,進而佳為70質量份以下,進而更佳為60質量份以下。When the dispersing resin is contained in the coloring composition, the content of the dispersing resin is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. For example, the lower limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 10 parts by mass or more. For example, the upper limit is more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, further preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 60 parts by mass or less.

<<<鹼可溶性樹脂>>> 本發明的著色組成物可含有鹼可溶性樹脂作為樹脂。藉由含有鹼可溶性樹脂,顯影性·圖案形成性提昇。再者,鹼可溶性樹脂亦可用作所述分散樹脂。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂的分子量,並無特別規定,重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5000~100,000。另外,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為1000~20,000。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,亦可為線狀有機高分子聚合體,可自分子(較佳為將丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物作為主鏈的分子)中具有至少一個促進鹼可溶性的基的鹼可溶性樹脂中適宜選擇。<<<Alkali-soluble resin>>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain an alkali-soluble resin as a resin. By containing an alkali-soluble resin, developability and pattern formability are improved. Furthermore, an alkali-soluble resin can also be used as the dispersion resin. The molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 5,000 to 100,000. In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 1,000 to 20,000. The alkali-soluble resin may also be a linear organic polymer polymer, and may have at least one group that promotes alkali solubility in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). Appropriate choice among alkali soluble resins.

對鹼可溶性樹脂進行說明。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為多羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂,就控制顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 作為促進鹼可溶性的基(以下,亦稱為酸基),例如可列舉羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,較佳為可溶於有機溶劑且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液進行顯影的基,作為特佳者,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸。該些酸基可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。The alkali-soluble resin will be described. As the alkali-soluble resin, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene-based resins, polysiloxane-based resins, acrylic resins, acrylamide-based resins, and acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred. From the viewpoint of controlling developability, acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred. Examples of groups that promote alkali solubility (hereinafter also referred to as acid groups) include carboxyl groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, and phenolic hydroxyl groups. Preferably, they are soluble in organic solvents and can be carried out by a weakly alkaline aqueous solution The base for development is particularly preferably a (meth)acrylic acid. These acid groups may be only one kind, or two or more kinds.

於製造鹼可溶性樹脂時,例如可應用利用公知的自由基聚合法的方法。利用自由基聚合法製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、溶媒的種類等聚合條件可由本領域從業人員容易地設定,亦可實驗性地規定條件。When manufacturing an alkali-soluble resin, for example, a method using a known radical polymerization method can be applied. The polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, and type of solvent when producing an alkali-soluble resin by a radical polymerization method can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions can also be experimentally specified.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,較佳為於側鏈上具有羧酸的聚合物,可列舉甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物、酚醛清漆型樹脂等鹼可溶性酚樹脂等、以及於側鏈上具有羧基的酸性纖維素衍生物、於具有羥基的聚合物中加成酸酐而成者。尤其,(甲基)丙烯酸與可與其進行共聚的其他單體的共聚物適合作為鹼可溶性樹脂。作為可與(甲基)丙烯酸進行共聚的其他單體,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯基化合物等。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等,作為乙烯基化合物,可列舉苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯、聚苯乙烯大分子單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯大分子單體等,作為日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中所記載的N位取代順丁烯二醯亞胺單體,可列舉N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。再者,該些可與(甲基)丙烯酸進行共聚的其他單體可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。The alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain, and examples thereof include methacrylic acid copolymers, acrylic acid copolymers, itaconic acid copolymers, crotonic acid copolymers, and maleic acid copolymers. Partially esterified maleic acid copolymers, novolac-type resins and other alkali-soluble phenol resins, and acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group on the side chain, and an acid anhydride is added to a polymer having a hydroxyl group. In particular, a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid and other monomers copolymerizable therewith is suitable as an alkali-soluble resin. Examples of other monomers copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid include alkyl (meth)acrylate, aryl (meth)acrylate, and vinyl compounds. Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate and aryl (meth)acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. Butyl ester, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate Esters, tolyl (meth)acrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples of vinyl compounds include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, and methyl Glycidyl acrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, etc., as The N-substituted maleimide diimide monomer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-300922 includes N-phenyl maleimide diimide and N-cyclohexyl maleimide diimide. Amines. Furthermore, the other monomers copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid may be only one kind, or two or more kinds.

另外,為了提昇本發明中的著色組成物的交聯效率,亦可使用具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂。作為聚合性基,可列舉(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂有用的是於側鏈上含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂等。 含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂較佳為如下的樹脂等:使如下的化合物與含有羧基的丙烯酸樹脂進行反應所獲得的經胺基甲酸酯改質的鹼可溶性樹脂,所述化合物事先使異氰酸酯基與羥基進行反應、殘留1個未反應的異氰酸酯基、且含有(甲基)丙烯醯基等聚合性基;藉由含有羧基的丙烯酸樹脂與分子內具有環氧基及聚合性雙鍵的化合物的反應所獲得的鹼可溶性樹脂;酸側基型環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂;使含有羥基的丙烯酸樹脂與具有聚合性雙鍵的二元酸酐進行反應所獲得的鹼可溶性樹脂;使含有羥基的丙烯酸樹脂與異氰酸酯及具有聚合性基的化合物進行反應所獲得的鹼可溶性樹脂;藉由對日本專利特開2002-229207號公報、及日本專利特開2003-335814號公報中所記載的於側鏈上具有酯基的樹脂進行鹼性處理所獲得的鹼可溶性樹脂,所述酯基於α位或β位上具有鹵素原子或磺酸酯基等脫離基。 作為含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂,可列舉:蒂阿諾(Dianal)NR系列(三菱麗陽股份有限公司製造)、佛陀瑪(Photomer)6173(含有COOH的丙烯酸聚胺基甲酸酯寡聚物(polyurethane acrylic oligomer),鑽石三葉草有限公司(Diamond Shamrock Co.Ltd.,)製造)、比斯克特(Viscoat)R-264、KS Resist106(均為大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司製造)、賽克羅馬(Cyclomer)P系列、普拉賽爾(Placcel)CF200系列(均為大賽璐化學工業股份有限公司製造)、艾巴克力(Ebecryl)3800(大賽璐-UCB(Daicel-UCB)股份有限公司製造)、阿克力丘爾(Acrycure)-RD-F(日本觸媒公司製造)等。In addition, in order to improve the crosslinking efficiency of the coloring composition in the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group may also be used. Examples of the polymerizable group include (meth)allyl and (meth)acryloyl. As the alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group, an alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group on the side chain is useful. The alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group is preferably a resin or the like: a urethane-modified alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting the following compound with an acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group, the compound having an isocyanate in advance A group reacts with a hydroxyl group, leaving an unreacted isocyanate group, and contains a polymerizable group such as a (meth)acryloyl group; an acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group and a compound having an epoxy group and a polymerizable double bond in the molecule Alkali-soluble resin obtained by the reaction; acid-side epoxy acrylate resin; alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting a hydroxyl-containing acrylic resin with a dibasic acid anhydride having a polymerizable double bond; and a hydroxyl-containing acrylic resin Alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting with isocyanate and a compound having a polymerizable group; by having a side chain described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-229207 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-335814 The alkali-soluble resin obtained by performing an alkaline treatment on an ester-based resin is based on a leaving group such as a halogen atom or a sulfonate group at the α-position or β-position. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group include Dianal NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.) and Photomer 6173 (COOH-containing acrylic polyurethane oligomer (Polyurethane acrylic oligomer), made by Diamond Shamrock Co. Ltd., Viscoat R-264, KS Resist106 (all made by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), SEC Rome (Cyclomer) P series, Placcel CF200 series (all made by Daicel-Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ebecryl 3800 (made by Daicel-UCB) ), Acrycure (Acrycure)-RD-F (manufactured by Japan Catalyst Company), etc.

鹼可溶性樹脂可較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯共聚物、包含(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/其他單體的多元共聚物。另外,亦可較佳地使用使甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯進行共聚而成者,日本專利特開平7-140654號公報中所記載的(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等。As the alkali-soluble resin, benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate copolymer can be preferably used , Multi-component copolymers containing benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomers. In addition, those obtained by copolymerizing 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate/polystyrene described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-140654 Macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate/polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid Copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/A Benzyl acrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, etc.

鹼可溶性樹脂含有使如下的單體成分進行聚合而成的聚合物(a)亦較佳,所述單體成分含有由下述通式(ED)所表示的化合物及/或由下述通式(ED2)所表示的化合物(以下,有時亦將該些化合物稱為「醚二聚體」)。It is also preferable that the alkali-soluble resin contains a polymer (a) obtained by polymerizing the following monomer components containing the compound represented by the following general formula (ED) and/or the following general formula The compound represented by (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds are sometimes referred to as "ether dimers").

[化53]

Figure 02_image107
通式(ED)[化53]
Figure 02_image107
General formula (ED)

通式(ED)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代基的碳數1~25的烴基。 通式(ED2) [化54]

Figure 02_image109
通式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基。作為通式(ED2)的具體例,可參考日本專利特開2010-168539號公報的記載。In the general formula (ED), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1-25 hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. General formula (ED2) [Chem 54]
Figure 02_image109
In the general formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the general formula (ED2), reference can be made to the description in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-168539.

通式(ED)中,作為由R1 及R2 所表示的可具有取代基的碳數1~25的烴基,並無特別限制,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、硬脂基、月桂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈狀或分支狀的烷基;苯基等芳基;環己基、第三丁基環己基、二環戊二烯基、三環癸烷基、異冰片基、金剛烷基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基等脂環式基;1-甲氧基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基等經烷氧基取代的烷基;苄基等經芳基取代的烷基等。該些之中,就耐熱性的觀點而言,特佳為如甲基、乙基、環己基、苄基等般的不易因酸或熱而脫離的一級碳或二級碳的取代基。In the general formula (ED), the C 1-25 hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and iso Linear or branched alkyl groups such as propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, third butyl, third pentyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; Alicyclic groups such as cyclohexyl, tert-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecyl, isobornyl, adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; 1-methyl Alkoxy-substituted alkyl groups such as oxyethyl and 1-ethoxyethyl; aryl-substituted alkyl groups such as benzyl. Among these, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, particularly preferred are substituents of primary carbon or secondary carbon that are not easily detached by acid or heat, such as methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl, and the like.

作為醚二聚體的具體例,例如可列舉:二甲基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三丁基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三戊基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(硬脂基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(月桂基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-乙基己基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-甲氧基乙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-乙氧基乙基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苯基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三丁基環己基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(二環戊二烯基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(三環癸烷基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異冰片基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二金剛烷基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-甲基-2-金剛烷基)-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯等。該些之中,特佳為二甲基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧代雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯。該些醚二聚體可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。源自由通式(ED)所表示的化合物的結構體亦可與其他單體進行共聚。Specific examples of the ether dimer include, for example, dimethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxygen Bis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-propyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(isopropyl) -2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-butyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylic acid Ester, di(isobutyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(third butyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene (Methyl)]bis-2-acrylate, di(third pentyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(stearyl)-2, 2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(lauryl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di( 2-ethylhexyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-methoxyethyl)-2,2'-[oxobis( Methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-ethoxyethyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl-2 ,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diphenyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl -2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(third butylcyclohexyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis- 2-acrylate, di(dicyclopentadienyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(tricyclodecyl)-2,2' -[Oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(isobornyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diadamantane Yl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(2-methyl-2-adamantyl)-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene Radical)] bis-2-acrylate etc. Among these, particularly preferred are dimethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene Group)] bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxobis(methylene)] bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl-2,2'-[oxobis( Methylene)] bis-2-acrylate. These ether dimers may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. The structure derived from the compound represented by the general formula (ED) may also be copolymerized with other monomers.

鹼可溶性樹脂亦可含有源自由下述式(X)所表示的化合物的結構單元。 [化55]

Figure 02_image111
式(X)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,R2 表示碳數2~10的伸烷基,R3 表示氫原子或可含有苯環的碳數1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數。The alkali-soluble resin may contain a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X). [化55]
Figure 02_image111
In formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents a C 2-10 alkylene group, R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a C 1-20 alkyl group which may contain a benzene ring. n represents an integer of 1-15.

所述式(X)中,R2 的伸烷基的碳數較佳為2~3。另外,R3 的烷基的碳數為1~20,較佳為1~10,R3 的烷基可含有苯環。作為由R3 所表示的含有苯環的烷基,可列舉苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。In the formula (X), the alkylene group of R 2 preferably has 2 to 3 carbon atoms. In addition, the alkyl group of R 3 has a carbon number of 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. Examples of the benzene ring-containing alkyl group represented by R 3 include benzyl group and 2-phenyl(iso)propyl group.

鹼可溶性樹脂可參考日本專利特開2012-208494號公報段落0558~段落0571(相對應的美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0685]~[0700])以後的記載,該些的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 進而,亦可使用日本專利特開2012-32767號公報中所記載的段落號0029~段落號0063中記載的共聚物(B)及實施例中所使用的鹼可溶性樹脂、日本專利特開2012-208474號公報的段落號0088~段落號0098中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-137531號公報的段落號0022~段落號0032中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2013-024934號公報的段落號0132~段落號0143中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2011-242752號公報的段落號0092~段落號0098及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-032770號公報的段落號0030~段落號0072中記載的黏合劑樹脂。該些的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。For the alkali-soluble resin, reference can be made to paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-208494 (corresponding to [0685] to [0700] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099), and those contents Can be incorporated into the specification of this application. Furthermore, the copolymer (B) described in Paragraph No. 0029 to Paragraph No. 0063 described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-32767 and the alkali-soluble resin used in the examples, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012- can also be used The binder resin described in paragraph No. 0088 to paragraph No. 0098 of 208474 and the binder resin used in the examples, the binder described in paragraph No. 0022 to paragraph No. 032 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-137531 Resin and binder resin used in the examples, binder resin described in Paragraph No. 0132 to Paragraph No. 0143 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-024934 and binder resin used in the examples, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Paragraph No. 0092 to Paragraph No. 0098 of 2011-242752 and the binder resin used in the Examples, and the binder resin described in Paragraph No. 0030 to Paragraph No. 072 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-032770. These contents can be incorporated into the specification of this application.

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸價較佳為30 mgKOH/g~500 mgKOH/g。下限更佳為50 mgKOH/g以上,進而更佳為70 mgKOH/g以上。上限更佳為400 mgKOH/g以下,進而更佳為200 mgKOH/g以下,特佳為150 mgKOH/g以下,亦更佳為120 mgKOH/g以下。The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 mgKOH/g to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and further preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, further preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, particularly preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

當著色組成物含有鹼可溶性樹脂時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量較佳為1質量%~15質量%,更佳為2質量%~12質量%,進而更佳為3質量%~10質量%。本發明的著色組成物可僅含有一種鹼可溶性樹脂,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。When the coloring composition contains an alkali-soluble resin, the content of the alkali-soluble resin relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 12% by mass, and even more preferably It is 3% by mass to 10% by mass. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one alkali-soluble resin, or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<顏料衍生物>> 本發明的著色組成物可含有顏料衍生物。 所謂顏料衍生物,是指具有利用酸性基、鹼性基、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基等取代顏料的一部分的結構的化合物。作為顏料衍生物,就分散性及分散穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為含有具有酸性基或鹼性基的顏料衍生物。 作為用以構成顏料衍生物的顏料,可列舉:吡咯并吡咯顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料、偶氮顏料、酞菁顏料、蒽醌顏料、喹吖啶酮顏料、二噁嗪顏料、紫環酮顏料、苝顏料、硫靛藍顏料、異吲哚啉顏料、異吲哚啉酮顏料、喹酞酮顏料、還原(threne)顏料、金屬錯合物顏料等。 作為顏料衍生物所具有的酸性基,較佳為磺酸基、羧酸基及其四級銨鹽,更佳為羧酸基及磺酸基,特佳為磺酸基。作為顏料衍生物所具有的鹼性基,較佳為胺基,特佳為三級胺基。 相對於顏料的總質量,顏料衍生物的含量較佳為1質量%~50質量%,更佳為3質量%~30質量%。顏料衍生物可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。<<Pigment derivative>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative refers to a compound having a structure in which a part of a pigment is substituted with an acidic group, a basic group, phthalimidomethyl group, or the like. As the pigment derivative, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, a pigment derivative having an acidic group or a basic group is preferred. Examples of the pigments that constitute the pigment derivatives include pyrrolopyrrole pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, and violet rings Ketone pigments, perylene pigments, sulfur indigo pigments, isoindolino pigments, isoindolino pigments, quinophthalone pigments, threne pigments, metal complex pigments, etc. As the acid group possessed by the pigment derivative, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group and its quaternary ammonium salt are preferred, a carboxylic acid group and a sulfonic acid group are more preferred, and a sulfonic acid group is particularly preferred. The basic group of the pigment derivative is preferably an amine group, and particularly preferably a tertiary amine group. The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass relative to the total mass of the pigment, and more preferably 3% by mass to 30% by mass. The pigment derivative may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 本發明的著色組成物可進而含有光聚合起始劑。 作為光聚合起始劑,只要具有使聚合性化合物的聚合開始的能力,則並無特別限制,可自公知的光聚合起始劑中適宜選擇。例如,較佳為對於紫外線區域至可見光線具有感光性者。另外,可為與經光激發的增感劑產生某種作用,而生成活性自由基的活性劑,亦可為如對應於單體的種類而使陽離子聚合開始的起始劑。 另外,光聚合起始劑較佳為含有至少一種如下的化合物,該化合物於約300 nm~800 nm(更佳為330 nm~500 nm)的範圍內至少具有約50的分子吸光係數。<<Photopolymerization initiator>> The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to start the polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity from the ultraviolet region to visible rays are preferred. In addition, it may be an active agent that produces a certain action with a photo-excited sensitizer to generate active radicals, or may be an initiator that starts cationic polymerization according to the type of monomer. In addition, the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molecular absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 nm to 800 nm (more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm).

作為光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, those having a triazine skeleton and those having an oxadiazole skeleton), amide phosphine compounds such as amide phosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, and oxime derivatives Oxime compounds, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, etc.

另外,就曝光感度的觀點而言,較佳為選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚體、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基噁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物所組成的群組中的化合物。In addition, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, and acetylphosphine compounds, Phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triallyl imidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadiene-benzene- Compounds in the group consisting of iron complexes and their salts, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds.

更佳為三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚體、鎓化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,特佳為選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物所組成的群組中的至少一種化合物。More preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acetylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, oxime compounds, triallylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzophenone compounds, styrene Ketone compounds, particularly preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triallylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds .

尤其,當將本發明的著色組成物用於固態攝影元件的彩色濾光器的製作時,因需要以尖銳的形狀形成微細的圖案,故重要的是硬化性且無殘渣地對未曝光部進行顯影。就此種觀點而言,特佳為使用肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。尤其,當於固態攝影元件中形成微細的圖案時,將步進式曝光用於硬化用曝光。該曝光機有時因鹵素而受損,必須將光聚合起始劑的添加量亦抑制得低。若考慮該些方面,則於如固態攝影元件般形成微細圖案時,作為光聚合起始劑,特佳為使用肟化合物。另外,藉由使用肟化合物,而可使色移性進一步變佳。 作為光聚合起始劑的具體例,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0265~段落0268,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。In particular, when the coloring composition of the present invention is used for manufacturing a color filter of a solid-state imaging element, since it is necessary to form a fine pattern in a sharp shape, it is important to harden and leave no residue on the unexposed portion development. From such a viewpoint, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound as a photopolymerization initiator. In particular, when a fine pattern is formed in a solid-state imaging element, stepwise exposure is used for exposure for curing. This exposure machine is sometimes damaged by halogen, and it is necessary to suppress the addition amount of the photopolymerization initiator. Considering these aspects, when forming a fine pattern like a solid-state imaging element, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound as a photopolymerization initiator. In addition, by using an oxime compound, the color shift property can be further improved. As a specific example of the photopolymerization initiator, for example, reference can be made to paragraph 0265 to paragraph 0268 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, and the content thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦可適宜地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物、及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如亦可使用日本專利特開平10-291969號公報中所記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號公報中所記載的醯基膦系起始劑。 作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用豔佳固(IRGACURE)-184、達羅卡(DAROCUR)-1173、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-500、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-2959、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-127(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。 作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-907、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-369、及豔佳固(IRGACURE)-379(商品名:均為巴斯夫公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑亦可使用吸收波長與365 nm或405 nm等的長波光源匹配的日本專利特開2009-191179公報中所記載的化合物。 作為醯基膦系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-819或DAROCUR-TPO(商品名:均為巴斯夫公司製造)。As the photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-291969, and an acetylphosphine-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used. As hydroxyacetophenone-based initiators, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRANC can be used Solid (IRGACURE) -127 (trade name: all made by BASF). As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products of IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all Made for BASF). As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, a compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-191179 whose absorption wavelength matches a long-wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used. As an acylphosphine-based initiator, IRGACURE-819 or DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: all manufactured by BASF), which are commercially available products, can be used.

作為光聚合起始劑,更佳為可列舉肟化合物。 作為肟起始劑的具體例,可使用日本專利特開2001-233842號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報中記載的化合物。 於本發明中,作為可適宜地使用的肟化合物,例如可列舉:3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、以及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。 另外,亦可列舉:「英國化學會誌,柏爾金匯刊II(J.C.S.Perkin II)」(1979年)pp.1653-1660、「英國化學會誌,柏爾金匯刊II」(1979年)pp.156-162、「光聚合物科學與技術雜誌(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)」(1995年)pp.202-232、日本專利特開2000-66385號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特表2004-534797號公報、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報的各公報中所記載的化合物等。 市售品亦可適宜地使用豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE01(巴斯夫公司製造)、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE02(巴斯夫公司製造)。另外,亦可使用TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)、艾迪科阿克爾(Adeka Arkls)NCI-831及艾迪科阿克爾(Adeka Arkls)NCI-930(艾迪科公司製造)。As the photopolymerization initiator, oxime compounds are more preferred. As specific examples of the oxime initiator, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-233842, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-80068, and the compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-342166 can be used compound of. In the present invention, examples of the oxime compound that can be suitably used include, for example, 3-benzyloxyiminobutane-2-one and 3-ethoxyiminobutane-2-one. , 3-propionoxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-ethoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-ethoxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1 -Ketone, 2-benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxy Carbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one and the like. In addition, you can also list: "Journal of the British Chemical Society, Berkins II (JCS Perkin II)" (1979) pp.1653-1660, "Journal of the British Chemical Society, Berkins II" (1979 ) Pp.156-162, "Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)" (1995) pp.202-232, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-66385, Japanese Patent The compounds described in each of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-80068, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-534797, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-342166. For commercially available products, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) can also be suitably used. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Qiangli Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkls (Adeka Arkls) NCI-831 and Adeka Arkls (Adeka Arkls) NCI-930 (Aidike Manufactured by the company).

另外,作為所述記載以外的肟化合物,亦可使用咔唑的N位上連結有肟的日本專利特表2009-519904號公報中所記載的化合物、二苯甲酮部位上導入有雜取代基的美國專利第7626957號公報中所記載的化合物、色素部位上導入有硝基的日本專利特開2010-15025號公報及美國專利公開2009-292039號中記載的化合物、國際公開專利2009-131189號公報中所記載的酮肟化合物、同一分子內含有三嗪骨架與肟骨架的美國專利7556910號公報中所記載的化合物、於405 nm下具有最大吸收且對於g射線光源具有良好的感度的日本專利特開2009-221114號公報中記載的化合物等。 較佳為例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0274~段落0275,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 具體而言,作為肟化合物,較佳為由下述式(OX-1)所表示的化合物。再者,肟的N-O鍵可為(E)體的肟化合物,亦可為(Z)體的肟化合物,亦可為(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。In addition, as an oxime compound other than the above description, a compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-519904 with an oxime linked to the N position of carbazole, and a hetero substituent introduced into the benzophenone site The compound described in US Patent No. 7626957, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-15025 and the US Patent Publication No. 2009-292039, and the International Publication Patent No. 2009-131189 The ketoxime compound described in the gazette, the compound described in U.S. Patent No. 7556910 containing the triazine skeleton and the oxime skeleton in the same molecule, and the Japanese patent having a maximum absorption at 405 nm and good sensitivity to a g-ray light source The compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-221114. For example, it is preferable to refer to paragraph 0274 to paragraph 0275 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, the content of which can be incorporated into the specification of the present application. Specifically, the oxime compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1). Furthermore, the N-O bond of the oxime may be an oxime compound of the (E) form, an oxime compound of the (Z) form, or a mixture of the (E) form and the (Z) form.

[化56]

Figure 02_image113
[化56]
Figure 02_image113

通式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價的取代基,A表示二價的有機基,Ar表示芳基。 通式(OX-1)中,作為由R所表示的一價的取代基,較佳為一價的非金屬原子團。 作為一價的非金屬原子團,可列舉:烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環基、烷硫基羰基、芳硫基羰基等。另外,該些基亦可具有一個以上的取代基。另外,所述取代基亦可由其他取代基進一步取代。 作為取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基或芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基、芳基等。 通式(OX-1)中,作為由B所表示的一價的取代基,較佳為芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基、或雜環羰基。該些基可具有一個以上的取代基。作為取代基,可例示所述取代基。 通式(OX-1)中,作為由A所表示的二價的有機基,較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸炔基。該些基可具有一個以上的取代基。作為取代基,可例示所述取代基。In the general formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group. In the general formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by R is preferably a monovalent non-metallic atomic group. Examples of the monovalent non-metallic atomic group include alkyl groups, aryl groups, acetyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, heterocyclic groups, alkylthiocarbonyl groups, and arylthiocarbonyl groups. In addition, these groups may have more than one substituent. In addition, the substituent may be further substituted with other substituents. Examples of the substituent include halogen atom, aryloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group or aryloxycarbonyl group, acetyloxy group, acetyl group, alkyl group, aryl group and the like. In the general formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by B is preferably an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group, or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. These groups may have more than one substituent. As the substituent, the substituent may be exemplified. In the general formula (OX-1), the divalent organic group represented by A is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group, or an alkynyl group. These groups may have more than one substituent. As the substituent, the substituent may be exemplified.

以下表示由通式(OX-1)所表示的化合物的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些具體例。The following shows specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (OX-1), but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化57]

Figure 02_image115
[化57]
Figure 02_image115

肟化合物是於350 nm~500 nm的波長區域中具有最大吸收波長者,較佳為於360 nm~480 nm的波長區域中具有最大吸收波長者,特佳為365 nm及405 nm中的吸光度高的肟化合物。 就感度的觀點而言,肟化合物於365 nm或405 nm中的莫耳吸光係數較佳為1,000~300,000,更佳為2,000~300,000,特佳為5,000~200,000。 化合物的莫耳吸光係數可使用公知的方法來測定,例如較佳為藉由紫外可見分光光度計(瓦里安(Varian)製造的Carry-5分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),並利用乙酸乙酯溶媒,以0.01 g/L的濃度進行測定。 本發明中所使用的光聚合起始劑視需要可組合兩種以上來使用。The oxime compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 nm to 500 nm, preferably a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably has high absorbance in 365 nm and 405 nm Oxime compounds. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method, for example, it is preferably a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Carry-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian), and ethyl acetate is used. The solvent was measured at a concentration of 0.01 g/L. The photopolymerization initiator used in the present invention may be used in combination of two or more types as needed.

當本發明的著色組成物含有光聚合起始劑時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%~50質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~30質量%,進而更佳為1質量%~20質量%。於該範圍內,可獲得更良好的感度與圖案形成性。 本發明的組成物可僅含有一種光聚合起始劑,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 1% to 20% by mass. Within this range, better sensitivity and pattern formability can be obtained. The composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of photopolymerization initiator or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<其他成分>> 除所述各成分以外,本發明的著色組成物亦可於無損本發明的效果的範圍內,進而含有溶劑、交聯劑、聚合抑制劑、界面活性劑、有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐等其他成分。<<Other components>> In addition to the above-mentioned components, the coloring composition of the present invention may also contain a solvent, a crosslinking agent, a polymerization inhibitor, a surfactant, an organic carboxylic acid within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention , Organic carboxylic anhydride and other components.

<<<有機溶劑>>> 本發明的著色組成物亦可含有溶劑。 溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性或著色組成物的塗佈性,則基本上無特別限制,但較佳為考慮色素多聚體(A)、聚合性化合物等的溶解性、塗佈性、安全性來選擇。<<<Organic Solvent>>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a solvent. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component or the coatability of the coloring composition, but it is preferable to consider the solubility, coatability, and safety of the dye polymer (A), polymerizable compound, etc. Sex to choose.

作為溶劑, 作為酯類,例如可適宜地列舉乙酸乙酯、乙酸-正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸環己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如:氧基乙酸甲酯、氧基乙酸乙酯、氧基乙酸丁酯(例如甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:3-氧基丙酸甲酯、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等, 作為醚類,例如可適宜地列舉二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇丙醚乙酸酯等, 作為酮類,例如可適宜地列舉甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等,以及, 作為芳香族烴類,例如可適宜地列舉甲苯、二甲苯等。As the solvent, examples of the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, pentyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, and isopropyl butyrate. Ester, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg methoxy Methyl acetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), 3-oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example: 3 -Methyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3 -Ethyl ethoxypropionate, etc.)), alkyl esters of 2-oxypropionate (for example: methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, propylene 2-oxypropionate Esters, etc. (e.g. methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2-ethoxypropionate Acid ethyl ester)), 2-oxy-2-methyl propionic acid methyl ester and 2-oxy-2-methyl propionic acid ethyl ester (such as 2-methoxy-2-methyl propionic acid methyl ester, 2-Ethoxy-2-methyl ethyl propionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, 2-oxobutanoic acid Methyl esters, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, etc. As the ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve can be suitably mentioned. Acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, propylene glycol ether Acetate, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate, etc. As ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc., and as aromatic Examples of the group hydrocarbons include toluene and xylene.

就色素多聚體(A)、聚合性化合物等的溶解性、塗佈面狀的改良等的觀點而言,將兩種以上的該些溶劑混合亦較佳。例如,較佳為如下的混合溶液,其包含選自所述3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環戊酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚、及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中的兩種以上。From the viewpoints of the solubility of the dye polymer (A), polymerizable compound, etc., and improvement of the coating surface shape, it is also preferable to mix two or more of these solvents. For example, it is preferably a mixed solution containing a mixture of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate Two or more of ester, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

就塗佈性的觀點而言,溶劑的含量較佳為著色組成物的總固體成分濃度變成5質量%~80質量%的量。下限例如更佳為5質量%以上,進而更佳為10質量%以上。上限例如更佳為60質量%以下,進而更佳為50質量%以下。 本發明的著色組成物可僅含有一種溶劑,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。From the viewpoint of coatability, the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the coloring composition becomes 5 to 80% by mass. For example, the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 10% by mass or more. For example, the upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of solvent or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<<交聯劑>>> 本發明的著色組成物亦可含有交聯劑。藉由含有交聯劑,亦可進一步提高所獲得的硬化膜的硬度。 作為交聯劑,只要是可藉由交聯反應而進行膜硬化者,則並無特別限定。例如可列舉:(a)環氧樹脂;(b)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、及醯氧基甲基中的至少一種取代基取代的三聚氰胺化合物、胍胺化合物、甘脲化合物或脲化合物;(c)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、及醯氧基甲基中的至少一種取代基取代的苯酚化合物、萘酚化合物或羥基蒽化合物。其中,較佳為多官能環氧樹脂。 關於交聯劑的具體例等的詳細情況,可參照日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0134~段落0147的記載,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 當本發明的著色組成物含有交聯劑時,交聯劑的含量並無特別規定,但相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,較佳為2質量%~30質量%,更佳為3質量%~20質量%。 本發明的著色組成物可僅含有一種交聯劑,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。<<<Crosslinking agent>>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a crosslinking agent. By containing a cross-linking agent, the hardness of the obtained cured film can be further increased. The crosslinking agent is not particularly limited as long as it can perform film curing by a crosslinking reaction. For example, (a) epoxy resin; (b) melamine compound, guanamine compound, glycoluril substituted with at least one substituent selected from hydroxymethyl, alkoxymethyl, and acetylmethyl Compound or urea compound; (c) Phenol compound, naphthol compound or hydroxyanthracene compound substituted with at least one substituent selected from hydroxymethyl, alkoxymethyl, and acetylmethyl. Among them, polyfunctional epoxy resins are preferred. For details of specific examples and the like of the crosslinking agent, refer to paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-295116, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a crosslinking agent, the content of the crosslinking agent is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 2% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 3% by mass relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition % ~ 20% by mass. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of crosslinking agent or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<<聚合抑制劑>>> 於本發明的著色組成物中,為了於著色組成物的製造過程中或保存過程中,阻止聚合性化合物的不需要的熱聚合,理想的是添加少量的聚合抑制劑。 作為聚合抑制劑,可列舉:對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚(pyrogallol)、第三丁基兒茶酚、苯醌、4,4'-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺三價鈰鹽等。 當本發明的著色組成物含有聚合抑制劑時,相對於著色組成物的質量,聚合抑制劑的含量較佳為約0.01質量%~5質量%。 本發明的著色組成物可僅含有一種聚合抑制劑,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。<<<Polymerization inhibitor>>> In the coloring composition of the present invention, in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound during the manufacturing process or storage process of the coloring composition, it is desirable to add a small amount of polymerization Inhibitor. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4 '-Thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosobenzene Trivalent cerium salt of hydroxylamine. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably about 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass relative to the mass of the colored composition. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of polymerization inhibitor, or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<<界面活性劑>>> 於本發明的著色組成物中,就進一步提昇塗佈性的觀點而言,亦可添加各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。<<Surface Active Agent>>> In the coloring composition of the present invention, various surfactants may be added from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone surfactant can be used.

例如,藉由含有氟系界面活性劑,作為塗佈液來製備時的液體特性(特別是流動性)進一步提昇。即,當使用含有氟系界面活性劑的著色組成物來形成膜時,使被塗佈面與塗佈液的界面張力下降,藉此對於被塗佈面的潤濕性得到改善,且對於被塗佈面的塗佈性提昇。因此,就即便於以少量的液量形成幾μm左右的薄膜的情況下,亦可更適宜地進行厚度不均小的厚度均勻的膜形成的觀點而言有效。For example, by containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the liquid characteristics (especially fluidity) at the time of preparation as a coating liquid are further improved. That is, when a coloring composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant is used to form a film, the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid is reduced, thereby improving the wettability of the coated surface, and The coatability of the coated surface is improved. Therefore, it is effective from the viewpoint that even when a thin film of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, a film with a uniform thickness and a small thickness can be formed more uniformly.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率合適的是3質量%~40質量%,更佳為5質量%~30質量%,特佳為7質量%~25質量%。氟含有率為該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑就塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的觀點而言有效,於著色組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% by mass to 25% by mass. The fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content rate within this range is effective from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film or the liquid-saving property, and has good solubility in the coloring composition.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:美佳法(Megafac)F171、美佳法(Megafac)F172、美佳法(Megafac)F173、美佳法(Megafac)F176、美佳法(Megafac)F177、美佳法(Megafac)F141、美佳法(Megafac)F142、美佳法(Megafac)F143、美佳法(Megafac)F144、美佳法(Megafac)R30、美佳法(Megafac)F437、美佳法(Megafac)F475、美佳法(Megafac)F479、美佳法(Megafac)F482、美佳法(Megafac)F554、美佳法(Megafac)F780、美佳法(Megafac)F781(以上,迪愛生(股份)製造),弗洛德(Fluorad)FC430、弗洛德(Fluorad)FC431、弗洛德(Fluorad)FC171(以上,住友3M(Sumitomo 3M)(股份)製造),沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-101、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-103、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-104、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-105、沙福隆(Surflon)SC1068、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-381、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-383、沙福隆(Surflon)S393、沙福隆(Surflon)KH-40(以上,旭硝子(股份)製造),PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(歐諾法(OMNOVA)公司製造)等。Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include Megafac F171, Megafac F172, Megafac F173, Megafac F176, Megafac F177, and Megafac. ) F141, Megafac F142, Megafac F143, Megafac F144, Megafac R30, Megafac F437, Megafac F475, Megafac F479, Megafac F482, Megafac F554, Megafac F780, Megafac F781 (above, manufactured by Di Aisheng (stock)), Fluorad FC430, Flo Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M (shares)), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Shafu Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, Shafuron ( Surflon) SC-383, Surflon S393, Surflon KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (OMNOVA) Manufacturing) etc.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可列舉:甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該些的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油烯基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、去水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯(巴斯夫公司製造的普盧蘭尼克(Pluronic)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2,特洛克(Tetronic)304、701、704、901、904、150R1),索努帕斯(Solsperse)20000(日本路博潤(Lubrizol)(股份))等。Specific examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and these ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, Glycerin ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene Ethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, manufactured by BASF), 25R2, Tetronic (Tetronic) 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1), Sonupas (Solsperse) 20000 (Lubrizol (share)), etc.

作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可列舉:酞菁衍生物(商品名:埃夫卡(EFKA)-745,森下產業(股份)製造),有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(信越化學工業(股份)製造),(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合體珀利弗洛(Polyflow)No.75、No.90、No.95(共榮社化學(股份)製造),W001(裕商(股份)製造)等。Specific examples of the cationic surfactants include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: Efka (EFKA)-745, manufactured by Morishita Industry Co., Ltd.), and organosiloxane polymer KP341 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry) (Manufactured by shares), (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow No.75, No.90, No.95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (Yushang (Share manufacturing) etc.

作為陰離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可列舉:W004、W005、W017(裕商(股份)公司製造)等。Specific examples of the anionic surfactants include W004, W005, and W017 (produced by Yushang Co., Ltd.).

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:東麗·道康寧(股份)製造的「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC3PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH7PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC11PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH21PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH28PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH29PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH30PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH8400」,邁圖高新材料(Momentive Performance Materials)公司製造的「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」,信越矽利光(Shinetsu silicone)股份有限公司製造的「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」,畢克化學公司製造的「BYK307」、「BYK323」、「BYK330」等。Examples of silicone surfactants include "Toray Silicone DC3PA" manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Corporation, "Toray Silicone SH7PA", and "Toray Silicone" (Toray Silicone DC11PA), "Toray Silicone SH21PA", "Toray Silicone SH28PA", "Toray Silicone SH29PA", "Toray Silicone SH29PA", "Toray Silicone (Toray Silicone) SH29PA" Silicone) SH30PA", "Toray Silicone SH8400", "TSF-4440", "TSF-4300", "TSF-4445", "TSF-" manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials "4460", "TSF-4452", "KP341", "KF6001", "KF6002" manufactured by Shinetsu silicone Co., Ltd., "BYK307", "BYK323", "BYK330" manufactured by BYK Chemical Wait.

當於本發明的著色組成物中含有界面活性劑時,相對於著色組成物的總質量,界面活性劑的含量較佳為0.001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。 本發明的著色組成物可僅含有一種界面活性劑,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。When the surfactant is included in the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the coloring composition. . The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of surfactant, or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<<有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐>>> 本發明的著色組成物亦可含有有機羧酸、及/或有機羧酸酐。有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐的分子量較佳為1000以下。作為有機羧酸及有機羧酸酐的具體例,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0338~段落0340,其內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 當本發明的著色組成物含有有機羧酸、及/或有機羧酸酐時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐的含量較佳為0.01質量%~10質量%,更佳為0.03質量%~5質量%,進而更佳為0.05質量%~3質量%。 本發明的著色組成物可分別僅含有一種有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。<<<Organic carboxylic acid, organic carboxylic anhydride>>> The coloring composition of this invention may contain organic carboxylic acid and/or organic carboxylic anhydride. The molecular weight of the organic carboxylic acid and the organic carboxylic acid anhydride is preferably 1,000 or less. As specific examples of the organic carboxylic acid and the organic carboxylic acid anhydride, for example, reference can be made to paragraph 0338 to paragraph 0340 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-29760, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the specification of the present application. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains an organic carboxylic acid and/or organic carboxylic anhydride, the content of the organic carboxylic acid and/or organic carboxylic anhydride is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the colored composition %, more preferably 0.03% by mass to 5% by mass, and still more preferably 0.05% by mass to 3% by mass. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one organic carboxylic acid and/or organic carboxylic acid anhydride, or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

於本發明的著色組成物中,視需要可調配各種添加物,例如填充劑、密接促進劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等。作為該些添加物,可列舉日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0155~段落0156中所記載者,該些的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 於本發明的著色組成物中,可含有日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0078中所記載的增感劑或光穩定劑、該公報的段落0081中所記載的熱聚合防止劑。In the coloring composition of the present invention, various additives such as fillers, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-agglomerating agents, etc. can be formulated as needed. Examples of these additives include those described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-295116, and these contents can be incorporated into the specification of the present application. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain the sensitizer or light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-295116, and the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the same.

<著色組成物的製備方法> 本發明的著色組成物是藉由將所述成分混合來製備。 當製備著色組成物時,可一次性調配構成著色組成物的各成分,亦可將各成分溶解·分散於溶劑中後依次調配。另外,進行調配時的投入順序或作業條件並無特別限制。例如,可將所有成分同時溶解·分散於溶劑中來製備組成物,視需要,亦可先將各成分適宜製成兩種以上的溶液·分散液,於使用時(塗佈時)將該些溶液·分散液混合來作為組成物製備。 為了去除異物或減少缺陷等,本發明的著色組成物較佳為利用過濾器進行過濾。作為過濾器,只要是自先前以來用於過濾用途等的過濾器,則可無特別限定地使用。例如可列舉利用聚四氟乙烯(Polytetrafluoroethylene,PTFE)等氟樹脂,尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6等聚醯胺系樹脂,聚乙烯、聚丙烯(Polypropylene,PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(高密度、含有超高分子量)等的過濾器。該些原材料之中,較佳為聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)。 過濾器的孔徑合適的是0.01 μm~7.0 μm左右,較佳為0.01 μm~3.0 μm左右,更佳為0.05 μm~0.5 μm左右。藉由設為該範圍,可確實地去除於後續步驟中阻礙均勻及平滑的著色組成物的製備的微細的異物。<The preparation method of a coloring composition> The coloring composition of this invention is prepared by mixing the said component. When preparing a coloring composition, each component constituting the coloring composition may be prepared at one time, or each component may be dissolved and dispersed in a solvent and then sequentially prepared. In addition, there are no particular restrictions on the order of input or operating conditions during the deployment. For example, all components can be dissolved and dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare a composition. If necessary, each component can be suitably prepared into two or more solutions/dispersions, which are used during application (during coating). The solution and dispersion are mixed and prepared as a composition. In order to remove foreign substances or reduce defects, the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably filtered by a filter. The filter can be used without particular limitation as long as it has been used for filtering purposes and the like. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon-6 and nylon-6,6, and polyolefin resins (high density, such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP)) can be used. , Containing ultra-high molecular weight) and other filters. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) is preferred. The pore size of the filter is suitably about 0.01 μm to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, and more preferably about 0.05 μm to 0.5 μm. By setting this range, it is possible to surely remove fine foreign matters that hinder the preparation of a uniform and smooth coloring composition in the subsequent steps.

當使用過濾器時,亦可將不同的過濾器加以組合。此時,利用第一種過濾器的過濾可僅進行1次,亦可進行2次以上。 另外,亦可於所述範圍內將孔徑不同的第一種過濾器加以組合。此處的孔徑可參照過濾器生產商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如可自日本頗爾(Pall)股份有限公司、愛多邦得科東洋(Advantec Toyo)股份有限公司、日本英特格(Nihon Entegris)股份有限公司(原日本密科理(Mykrolis)股份有限公司)或北澤微濾器(Kitz Microfilter)股份有限公司等所提供的各種過濾器中進行選擇。 第二種過濾器可使用以與所述第一種過濾器相同的材料等所形成的過濾器。 例如,利用第一種過濾器的過濾可僅於分散液中進行,於混合其他成分後,進行第2次過濾。When using filters, different filters can also be combined. At this time, the filtration by the first type filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. In addition, the first type of filters having different pore sizes may be combined within the above range. The pore size here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As commercially available filters, for example, Pall Co., Ltd., Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Japan Mico) Choose from various filters provided by Mykrolis Co., Ltd. or Kitz Microfilter Co., Ltd. As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material as that of the first filter can be used. For example, the filtration using the first type filter can be performed only in the dispersion liquid, and after mixing other components, the second filtration can be performed.

本發明的著色組成物因可形成耐光性、色移性、平坦性良好的硬化膜,故可適宜地用於形成彩色濾光器的著色層。另外,本發明的著色組成物可適宜地用作電荷耦合元件(CCD)、互補型金屬氧化膜半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等固態攝影元件,或液晶顯示裝置等影像顯示裝置中所使用的彩色濾光器等的著色圖案形成用著色組成物。進而,亦可適宜地用作印刷墨水、噴墨墨水及塗料等的製作用途。其中,可適宜地用於CCD及CMOS等固態攝影元件用的彩色濾光器的製造。Since the coloring composition of the present invention can form a cured film having good light resistance, color shift and flatness, it can be suitably used to form a coloring layer of a color filter. In addition, the coloring composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a solid-state imaging element such as a charge coupled element (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), or an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device The coloring composition for forming the coloring pattern of the color filter and the like. Furthermore, it can also be suitably used for manufacturing purposes of printing ink, inkjet ink, paint, and the like. Among them, it can be suitably used for the manufacture of color filters for solid-state imaging elements such as CCD and CMOS.

<彩色濾光器、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光器的製造方法> 繼而,針對本發明的彩色濾光器、圖案形成方法及彩色濾光器,經由其製造方法而進行詳述。另外,亦對使用本發明的圖案形成方法的彩色濾光器的製造方法進行說明。<Color Filter, Pattern Forming Method, and Color Filter Manufacturing Method> Next, the color filter, pattern forming method, and color filter of the present invention will be described in detail through its manufacturing method. In addition, a method of manufacturing a color filter using the pattern forming method of the present invention will also be described.

本發明的彩色濾光器是使用本發明的著色組成物而成者。 本發明的圖案形成方法將本發明的著色組成物應用於支撐體上來形成著色組成物層,並將不需要的部分去除,從而形成著色圖案。 本發明的圖案形成方法可適宜地應用於彩色濾光器的著色圖案的形成。 本發明的圖案形成方法可利用所謂的光微影法來進行圖案形成,亦可藉由乾式蝕刻法來進行圖案形成。 即,本發明的彩色濾光器的製造方法的第一形態包括:將本發明的著色組成物應用於支撐體上來形成著色組成物層的步驟、將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟、以及將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。視需要亦可設置對著色組成物層進行烘烤的步驟(預烘烤步驟)、及對經顯影的著色圖案進行烘烤的步驟(後烘烤步驟)。 另外,本發明的彩色濾光器的製造方法的第二形態包括:將本發明的著色組成物應用於支撐體上來形成著色組成物層,並使其硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於著色層上形成光阻劑層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影來將光阻劑層加以圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾式蝕刻而形成著色圖案的步驟。 本發明的彩色濾光器可藉由所述製造方法而適宜地獲得。以下對該些進行詳細敍述。The color filter of the present invention is obtained by using the coloring composition of the present invention. The pattern forming method of the present invention applies the coloring composition of the present invention to a support to form a coloring composition layer, and removes unnecessary portions to form a coloring pattern. The pattern forming method of the present invention can be suitably applied to the formation of coloring patterns of color filters. The pattern forming method of the present invention can be patterned by a so-called photolithography method, or can be patterned by a dry etching method. That is, the first aspect of the method for manufacturing a color filter of the present invention includes the steps of applying the coloring composition of the present invention to a support to form a coloring composition layer, and exposing the coloring composition layer into a pattern, And the step of developing and removing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern. If necessary, a step of baking the colored composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed coloring pattern (post-baking step) may also be provided. In addition, the second aspect of the method of manufacturing the color filter of the present invention includes the steps of applying the coloring composition of the present invention to a support to form a coloring composition layer and hardening it to form a coloring layer; A step of forming a photoresist layer; a step of obtaining a resist pattern by patterning the photoresist layer through exposure and development; and dry etching the colored layer using the resist pattern as an etching mask And the step of forming the coloring pattern. The color filter of the present invention can be suitably obtained by the aforementioned manufacturing method. These will be described in detail below.

<<形成著色組成物層的步驟>> 於形成著色組成物層的步驟中,將本發明的著色組成物應用於支撐體上來形成著色組成物層。<<Step of forming a coloring composition layer>> In the step of forming a coloring composition layer, the coloring composition of the present invention is applied to a support to form a coloring composition layer.

作為支撐體,例如可使用在基板(例如矽基板)上設置有CCD或CMOS等固態攝影元件(光接收元件)的固態攝影元件用基板。 本發明中的著色圖案可形成於固態攝影元件用基板的固態攝影元件形成面側(表面),亦可形成於非固態攝影元件形成面側(背面)。 為了改良與上部的層的密接、防止物質的擴散、或者為了基板表面的平坦化,視需要亦可於支撐體上設置底塗層。As the support, for example, a substrate for a solid-state imaging element in which a solid-state imaging element (light-receiving element) such as CCD or CMOS is provided on a substrate (for example, a silicon substrate) can be used. The coloring pattern in the present invention may be formed on the solid-state imaging element forming surface side (front surface) of the solid-state imaging element substrate, or may be formed on the non-solid-state imaging element forming surface side (rear surface). In order to improve the adhesion to the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of substances, or to flatten the surface of the substrate, an undercoat layer may be provided on the support as necessary.

作為朝支撐體上應用本發明的著色組成物的方法,可使用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗、網版印刷法等各種方法。As a method of applying the coloring composition of the present invention to a support, various methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing method can be used.

應用於支撐體上的著色組成物層的乾燥(預烘烤)可藉由加熱板、烘箱等,於50℃~140℃的溫度下進行10秒~300秒。The drying (pre-baking) of the coloring composition layer applied on the support can be carried out at a temperature of 50°C to 140°C for 10 seconds to 300 seconds by a hot plate, an oven, or the like.

<<藉由光微影法來進行圖案形成的情況(第一形態)>> <<<曝光步驟>>> 繼而,將形成於支撐體上的著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀(曝光步驟)。例如使用步進機等曝光裝置,隔著具有規定的遮罩圖案的遮罩對形成於支撐體上的著色組成物層進行曝光,藉此可進行圖案曝光。藉此,可使曝光部分硬化。 作為可於曝光時使用的放射線(光),可較佳地使用g射線、i射線等紫外線(特佳為i射線)。照射量(曝光量)例如較佳為30 mJ/cm2 ~1500 mJ/cm2 ,更佳為50 mJ/cm2 ~1000 mJ/cm2 ,最佳為80 mJ/cm2 ~500 mJ/cm2«<Pattern formation by photolithography (first form)»>«<<Exposurestep>>> Next, the coloring composition layer formed on the support is exposed to a pattern (exposure step) . For example, using an exposure device such as a stepper, the coloring composition layer formed on the support body is exposed through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern, whereby pattern exposure can be performed. By this, the exposed portion can be hardened. As radiation (light) usable at the time of exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-rays and i-rays (i-rays are particularly preferred) can be preferably used. The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably, for example, 30 mJ/cm 2 to 1500 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 50 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 , and most preferably 80 mJ/cm 2 to 500 mJ/cm 2 .

硬化膜的膜厚較佳為1.0 μm以下,更佳為0.1 μm~0.9 μm,進而更佳為0.2 μm~0.8 μm。藉由將膜厚設為1.0 μm以下,容易獲得高解析性、高密接性。The thickness of the cured film is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 μm to 0.9 μm, and still more preferably 0.2 μm to 0.8 μm. By setting the film thickness to 1.0 μm or less, it is easy to obtain high resolution and high adhesion.

<<<圖案形成步驟>>> 繼而,將未曝光部顯影去除來形成著色圖案(圖案形成步驟)。未曝光部的顯影去除可使用顯影液來進行。藉此,曝光步驟中的未曝光部的著色組成物層溶出至顯影液中,而僅殘留經光硬化的部分。 作為顯影液,理想的是不對基底的固態攝影元件或電路等造成損害的有機鹼性顯影液。 顯影液的溫度例如較佳為20℃~30℃。顯影時間較佳為20秒~180秒。另外,為了提昇殘渣去除性,亦可將如下的步驟重複多次:每隔60秒抖落顯影液,進而重新供給顯影液。<<<Pattern Forming Step>>> Next, the unexposed part is developed and removed to form a coloring pattern (pattern forming step). The development and removal of the unexposed portion can be performed using a developer. Thereby, the coloring composition layer of the unexposed portion in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, and only the photohardened portion remains. As the developer, an organic alkaline developer that does not cause damage to the underlying solid-state imaging element, circuit, or the like is desirable. The temperature of the developer is preferably 20°C to 30°C, for example. The development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to improve residue removal, the following steps may also be repeated multiple times: shake off the developer every 60 seconds, and then re-supply the developer.

作為顯影液中所使用的鹼劑,例如可列舉氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5,4,0]-7-十一烯等有機鹼性化合物。作為顯影液,較佳為使用以濃度變成0.001質量%~10質量%,較佳為變成0.01質量%~1質量%的方式,利用純水對該些鹼劑進行稀釋而成的鹼性水溶液。 另外,於顯影液中亦可使用無機鹼,作為無機鹼,例如較佳為氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等。 再者,當使用了包含此種鹼性水溶液的顯影液時,通常於顯影後,利用純水進行清洗(淋洗)。Examples of the alkaline agent used in the developer include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and hydroxide. Organic basic compounds such as tetrabutylammonium, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5,4,0]-7-undecene. As the developer, it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution in which these alkaline agents are diluted with pure water so that the concentration becomes 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass. In addition, an inorganic base may also be used in the developer. As the inorganic base, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, etc. are preferred. Furthermore, when a developer solution containing such an alkaline aqueous solution is used, it is usually washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.

顯影後,較佳為於實施乾燥後進行加熱處理(後烘烤)。若形成多種顏色的著色圖案,則可針對各種顏色依次重複步驟來製造硬化膜。藉此,可獲得彩色濾光器。 後烘烤是用以實現完全硬化的顯影後的加熱處理,加熱溫度例如較佳為100℃~240℃,更佳為200℃~240℃。 可使用加熱板或對流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以成為所述條件的方式,藉由連續式或分批式來對顯影後的膜進行後烘烤處理。After development, it is preferable to perform heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. If a plurality of coloring patterns are formed, the steps can be repeated in sequence for each color to produce a cured film. With this, a color filter can be obtained. Post-baking is a heat treatment after development for achieving complete hardening. The heating temperature is preferably, for example, 100°C to 240°C, and more preferably 200°C to 240°C. A heating plate or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high-frequency heater, and other heating mechanisms can be used to post-bake the developed film by continuous or batch methods in such a manner as described above .

<<藉由乾式蝕刻法來進行圖案形成的情況(第二形態)>> 可使形成於支撐體上的著色組成物層硬化來形成著色層,繼而,將經圖案化的光阻劑層作為遮罩,並使用蝕刻氣體對所獲得的著色層進行藉由乾式蝕刻法的圖案形成。 具體而言,將正型或負型的感放射線性組成物塗佈於著色層上,並使其乾燥,藉此形成光阻劑層。於光阻劑層的形成過程中,較佳為進而實施預烘烤處理。尤其,作為光阻劑層的形成製程,理想的是實施曝光後的加熱處理、顯影後的加熱處理(後烘烤處理)的形態。<<Pattern formed by dry etching method (second form)>> The colored composition layer formed on the support can be hardened to form a colored layer, and then, the patterned photoresist layer can be used as A mask is used, and an etching gas is used to pattern the obtained colored layer by dry etching. Specifically, a positive-type or negative-type radiation-sensitive composition is coated on the colored layer and dried to form a photoresist layer. During the formation of the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a pre-baking process. In particular, as the formation process of the photoresist layer, it is desirable to perform a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development.

作為光阻劑層,例如可較佳地使用感應紫外線(g射線、h射線、i射線)、包含準分子雷射等的遠紫外線、電子束、離子束及X射線等放射線的正型的感放射線性組成物。放射線之中,較佳為g射線、h射線、i射線,其中,更佳為i射線。 具體而言,作為正型的感放射線性組成物,較佳為含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂的組成物。含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂的正型的感放射線性組成物是利用藉由500 nm以下的波長的光照射而使醌二疊氮基分解並產生羧基,結果自鹼不溶狀態變成鹼可溶性者。該正型光阻劑因解析力顯著優異,故用於積體電路(Integrated Circuit,IC)或大規模積體電路(Large Scale Integration,LSI)等積體電路的製作。作為醌二疊氮化合物,可列舉萘醌二疊氮化合物。作為市售品,例如可列舉「FHi622BC」(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronic Materials)公司製造)等。As the photoresist layer, for example, a positive-type sensor that senses ultraviolet rays (g-rays, h-rays, i-rays), far-ultraviolet rays including excimer lasers, electron beams, ion beams, and X-rays can be preferably used. Radioactive composition. Among the radiations, g-rays, h-rays, and i-rays are preferred, and among them, i-rays are more preferred. Specifically, the positive radiation sensitive composition is preferably a composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin. The positive-type radiation-sensitive composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin utilizes light irradiation with a wavelength of 500 nm or less to decompose the quinonediazide group and generate a carboxyl group. As a result, it changes from an alkali-insoluble state to an alkali Soluble. Since this positive photoresist is remarkably excellent in resolution, it is used in the production of integrated circuits such as integrated circuits (IC) or large scale integrated circuits (Large Scale Integration (LSI)). Examples of the quinonediazide compound include naphthoquinonediazide compounds. Examples of commercially available products include “FHi622BC” (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials) and the like.

作為光阻劑層的厚度,較佳為0.1 μm~3 μm,更佳為0.2 μm~2.5 μm,進而更佳為0.3 μm~2 μm。再者,正型的感放射線性組成物的塗佈方法可使用已述的著色層中的塗佈方法而適宜地進行。The thickness of the photoresist layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 3 μm, more preferably 0.2 μm to 2.5 μm, and still more preferably 0.3 μm to 2 μm. In addition, the coating method of a positive radiation sensitive composition can be suitably performed using the coating method in the coloring layer already mentioned.

繼而,對光阻劑層進行曝光及顯影,藉此形成設置有抗蝕劑貫穿孔群的抗蝕劑圖案(經圖案化的光阻劑層)。抗蝕劑圖案的形成並無特別限制,可適宜使先前公知的光微影的技術最佳化來進行。藉由曝光及顯影而於光阻劑層上設置抗蝕劑貫穿孔群,藉此於著色層上設置接下來的蝕刻中所使用的作為蝕刻遮罩的抗蝕劑圖案。Next, the photoresist layer is exposed and developed, thereby forming a resist pattern (patterned photoresist layer) provided with the resist through-hole group. The formation of the resist pattern is not particularly limited, and it can be suitably performed by optimizing the previously known photolithography technique. The resist through-hole group is provided on the photoresist layer by exposure and development, thereby providing a resist pattern used as an etching mask for subsequent etching on the colored layer.

光阻劑層的曝光可藉由如下方式來進行:隔著規定的遮罩圖案,利用g射線、h射線、i射線等,較佳為i射線對正型或負型的感放射線性組成物實施曝光。曝光後,利用顯影液進行顯影處理,藉此結合欲形成著色圖案的區域來將光阻劑去除。The exposure of the photoresist layer can be performed by using a predetermined mask pattern, using g-rays, h-rays, i-rays, etc., preferably i-rays to a positive or negative radiation-sensitive linear composition Implement exposure. After the exposure, a developing solution is used to perform a development process, thereby removing the photoresist in combination with the area where the colored pattern is to be formed.

作為顯影液,只要是不對著色層造成影響,而使正型抗蝕劑的曝光部及負型抗蝕劑的未硬化部溶解者,則可使用任何顯影液。例如可使用各種溶劑的組合或鹼性的水溶液。作為鹼性的水溶液,適宜的是以濃度變成0.001質量%~10質量%,較佳為變成0.01質量%~5質量%的方式溶解鹼性化合物所製備的鹼性水溶液。鹼性化合物例如可列舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5,4,0]-7-十一烯等。再者,當使用鹼性水溶液時,通常於顯影後利用水實施清洗處理。As the developer, any developer can be used as long as it dissolves the exposed portion of the positive resist and the uncured portion of the negative resist without affecting the colored layer. For example, a combination of various solvents or an alkaline aqueous solution can be used. As the alkaline aqueous solution, an alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving a basic compound so that the concentration becomes 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass is suitable. Examples of basic compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and hydroxide. Tetraethylammonium, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-7-undecene, etc. In addition, when an alkaline aqueous solution is used, the washing treatment is usually performed with water after development.

繼而,將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,以於著色層上形成貫穿孔群的方式藉由乾式蝕刻來進行圖案化。藉此,形成著色圖案。貫穿孔群例如較佳為呈棋盤格狀地設置於著色層上。藉此,於著色層上設置貫穿孔群而成的第1著色圖案呈棋盤格狀地具有多個四邊形的第1著色畫素。Next, the resist pattern was used as an etching mask, and patterning was performed by dry etching so as to form a through-hole group on the colored layer. By this, a coloring pattern is formed. The through hole group is preferably provided on the colored layer in a checkerboard pattern, for example. Thereby, the first coloring pattern formed by providing the through-hole group on the coloring layer has a plurality of quadrilateral first coloring pixels in a checkerboard pattern.

作為乾式蝕刻,就更接近矩形地形成圖案剖面的觀點或進一步減少對於支撐體的損害的觀點而言,較佳為藉由以下的形態來進行。 較佳為包含如下的蝕刻的形態:使用氟系氣體與氧氣(O2 )的混合氣體,進行蝕刻直至支撐體不露出的區域(深度)為止的第1階段的蝕刻;於該第1階段的蝕刻後,使用氮氣(N2 )與氧氣(O2 )的混合氣體,進行蝕刻直至較佳為支撐體露出的區域(深度)附近為止的第2階段的蝕刻;以及於支撐體露出後進行的過度蝕刻(over etching)。以下,對乾式蝕刻的具體方法,以及第1階段的蝕刻、第2階段的蝕刻、及過度蝕刻進行說明。As the dry etching, from the viewpoint of forming a pattern cross section closer to a rectangle or the viewpoint of further reducing damage to the support, it is preferably performed in the following form. Preferably, it is a form including the following etching: using a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ) to perform etching in the first stage until the region (depth) where the support is not exposed; After etching, using a mixed gas of nitrogen (N 2 ) and oxygen (O 2 ), the second stage of etching is performed until it is preferably near the area (depth) where the support is exposed; and after the support is exposed Over etching. Hereinafter, the specific method of dry etching, the first-stage etching, the second-stage etching, and the over-etching will be described.

乾式蝕刻是藉由下述方法而事先求出蝕刻條件後進行。 (1)分別算出第1階段的蝕刻中的蝕刻速率(nm/min)、及第2階段的蝕刻中的蝕刻速率(nm/min)。 (2)分別算出藉由第1階段的蝕刻來蝕刻所期望的厚度的時間、及藉由第2階段的蝕刻來蝕刻所期望的厚度的時間。 (3)根據所述(2)中所算出的蝕刻時間來實施第1階段的蝕刻。 (4)根據所述(2)中所算出的蝕刻時間來實施第2階段的蝕刻。或者亦可藉由終點檢測來決定蝕刻時間,並根據所決定的蝕刻時間來實施第2階段的蝕刻。 (5)相對於所述(3)及所述(4)的合計時間來算出過度蝕刻時間,並實施過度蝕刻。Dry etching is carried out after obtaining the etching conditions in advance by the following method. (1) The etching rate (nm/min) in the first-stage etching and the etching rate (nm/min) in the second-stage etching are calculated separately. (2) The time for etching the desired thickness by the first-stage etching and the time for etching the desired thickness by the second-stage etching are calculated separately. (3) The first-stage etching is performed based on the etching time calculated in (2) above. (4) The second-stage etching is performed based on the etching time calculated in (2) above. Alternatively, the etching time may be determined by endpoint detection, and the second-stage etching may be performed according to the determined etching time. (5) The over-etching time is calculated with respect to the total time of (3) and (4), and over-etching is performed.

作為第1階段的蝕刻步驟中所使用的混合氣體,就將作為被蝕刻膜的有機材料加工成矩形的觀點而言,較佳為包含氟系氣體及氧氣(O2 )。另外,藉由將第1階段的蝕刻步驟設為進行蝕刻直至支撐體不露出的區域為止的形態,而可避免支撐體的損害。另外,就於第1階段的蝕刻步驟中利用氟系氣體及氧氣的混合氣體實施蝕刻直至支撐體不露出的區域為止後,避免支撐體的損害的觀點而言,第2階段的蝕刻步驟及過度蝕刻步驟較佳為使用氮氣及氧氣的混合氣體來進行蝕刻處理。As the mixed gas used in the first-step etching step, from the viewpoint of processing the organic material as the film to be etched into a rectangle, it is preferable to contain a fluorine-based gas and oxygen gas (O 2 ). In addition, by setting the etching step in the first stage to a form in which the support is not exposed, damage to the support can be avoided. In addition, from the viewpoint of avoiding damage to the support after the etching in the first-step etching step using a mixed gas of fluorine-based gas and oxygen until the support is not exposed, the second-step etching step and excessive The etching step is preferably performed using a mixed gas of nitrogen and oxygen.

第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量與第2階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量的比率重要的是以無損由第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理所形成的矩形性的方式決定。再者,總蝕刻量(第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量與第2階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量的總和)中的後者的比率較佳為大於0%、且為50%以下的範圍,更佳為10%~20%。所謂蝕刻量,是指根據被蝕刻膜的殘存的膜厚與蝕刻前的膜厚的差所算出的量。It is important that the ratio of the etching amount in the first-step etching step to the etching amount in the second-step etching step is determined so as not to impair the rectangularity formed by the etching process in the first-step etching step. Furthermore, the ratio of the latter in the total etching amount (the sum of the etching amount in the etching step of the first stage and the etching amount in the etching step of the second stage) is preferably greater than 0% and in the range of 50% or less , More preferably 10% to 20%. The etching amount refers to an amount calculated from the difference between the remaining film thickness of the film to be etched and the film thickness before etching.

另外,蝕刻較佳為包含過度蝕刻處理。過度蝕刻處理較佳為設定過度蝕刻比率後進行。另外,過度蝕刻比率較佳為根據最初進行的蝕刻處理的時間來算出。過度蝕刻比率可任意地設定,但就維持光阻劑的耐蝕刻性與被蝕刻圖案的矩形性的觀點而言,較佳為蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理時間的30%以下,更佳為5%~25%,特佳為10%~15%。In addition, the etching preferably includes an over-etching process. The over-etching process is preferably performed after setting the over-etching ratio. In addition, the over-etching ratio is preferably calculated based on the time of the initial etching process. The over-etching ratio can be arbitrarily set, but from the viewpoint of maintaining the etching resistance of the photoresist and the rectangularity of the pattern to be etched, it is preferably 30% or less of the etching treatment time in the etching step, and more preferably 5% ~25%, especially good is 10%~15%.

繼而,將於蝕刻後殘存的抗蝕劑圖案(即蝕刻遮罩)去除。抗蝕劑圖案的去除較佳為包含如下的步驟:將剝離液或溶劑賦予至抗蝕劑圖案上,並形成可去除抗蝕劑圖案的狀態的步驟;以及利用清洗水將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟。Then, the resist pattern (that is, the etching mask) remaining after the etching is removed. The removal of the resist pattern preferably includes the steps of: applying a stripping solution or a solvent to the resist pattern and forming a state in which the resist pattern can be removed; and removing the resist pattern with washing water A step of.

作為將剝離液或溶劑賦予至抗蝕劑圖案上,並形成可去除抗蝕劑圖案的狀態的步驟,例如可列舉:將剝離液或溶劑至少賦予至抗蝕劑圖案上,並停留規定的時間來進行覆液式顯影的步驟。作為使剝離液或溶劑停留的時間,並無特別限制,但較佳為幾十秒~幾分鐘。As a step of applying a stripping liquid or a solvent to the resist pattern and forming a state in which the resist pattern can be removed, for example, a stripping liquid or a solvent is applied to at least the resist pattern and stays for a predetermined time To carry out the step of liquid-covered development. The time for allowing the peeling liquid or the solvent to stay is not particularly limited, but it is preferably tens of seconds to several minutes.

另外,作為利用清洗水將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟,例如可列舉:自噴霧式或噴淋式的噴射噴嘴朝抗蝕劑圖案噴射清洗水,而將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟。作為清洗水,可較佳地使用純水。另外,作為噴射噴嘴,可列舉:整個支撐體包含在其噴射範圍內的噴射噴嘴、或作為可動式的噴射噴嘴且其可動範圍包含整個支撐體的噴射噴嘴。當噴射噴嘴為可動式時,於將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟中,自支撐體中心部至支撐體端部為止移動兩次以上並噴射清洗水,藉此可更有效地去除抗蝕劑圖案。In addition, as a step of removing the resist pattern with the cleaning water, for example, a step of removing the resist pattern by spraying cleaning water from a spray nozzle or a spray nozzle to the resist pattern. As the washing water, pure water can be preferably used. In addition, examples of the injection nozzle include an injection nozzle that includes the entire support within its injection range, or a movable injection nozzle that includes the entire support as the movable range. When the spray nozzle is movable, in the step of removing the resist pattern, the cleaning pattern is moved more than twice from the center of the support to the end of the support and sprayed with cleaning water, thereby the resist pattern can be removed more effectively .

剝離液通常含有有機溶劑,可進而含有無機溶媒。作為有機溶劑,例如可列舉:1)烴系化合物、2)鹵化烴系化合物、3)醇系化合物、4)醚系化合物或縮醛系化合物、5)酮系化合物或醛系化合物、6)酯系化合物、7)多元醇系化合物、8)羧酸系化合物或其酸酐系化合物、9)酚系化合物、10)含氮化合物、11)含硫化合物、12)含氟化合物。作為剝離液,較佳為含有含氮化合物,更佳為含有非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物。The peeling liquid usually contains an organic solvent, and may further contain an inorganic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include: 1) hydrocarbon compounds, 2) halogenated hydrocarbon compounds, 3) alcohol compounds, 4) ether compounds or acetal compounds, 5) ketone compounds or aldehyde compounds, 6) Ester compound, 7) Polyol compound, 8) Carboxylic acid compound or its anhydride compound, 9) Phenolic compound, 10) Nitrogen-containing compound, 11) Sulfur-containing compound, 12) Fluorine-containing compound. The stripping liquid preferably contains a nitrogen-containing compound, and more preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound.

作為非環狀含氮化合物,較佳為具有羥基的非環狀含氮化合物。具體而言,例如可列舉單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、N-乙基乙醇胺、N,N-二丁基乙醇胺、N-丁基乙醇胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等,較佳為單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺,更佳為單乙醇胺(H2 NCH2 CH2 OH)。另外,作為環狀含氮化合物,可列舉異喹啉、咪唑、N-乙基嗎啉、ε-己內醯胺、喹啉、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、α-甲基吡啶、β-甲基吡啶、γ-甲基吡啶、2-甲基哌啶、3-甲基哌啶、4-甲基哌啶、哌嗪、哌啶、吡嗪、吡啶、吡咯啶、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-苯基嗎啉、2,4-二甲基吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶等,較佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基嗎啉,更佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone,NMP)。The non-cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is preferably an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxyl group. Specifically, for example, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N,N-dibutylethanolamine, N-butylethanolamine, monoethanolamine, diethanol Ethanolamine, triethanolamine, etc. are preferably monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and more preferably monoethanolamine (H 2 NCH 2 CH 2 OH). In addition, examples of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound include isoquinoline, imidazole, N-ethylmorpholine, ε-caprolactam, quinoline, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and α- Picoline, β-picoline, γ-picoline, 2-methylpiperidine, 3-methylpiperidine, 4-methylpiperidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrrolidine , N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-phenylmorpholine, 2,4-lutidine, 2,6-lutidine, etc., preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidine The ketone and N-ethylmorpholine are more preferably N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone (NMP).

剝離液較佳為含有非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物,其中,更佳為含有作為非環狀含氮化合物的選自單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、及三乙醇胺中的至少一種,及作為環狀含氮化合物的選自N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及N-乙基嗎啉中的至少一種,進而更佳為含有單乙醇胺與N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。The stripping liquid preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound, and it is more preferable to contain at least one selected from monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine as the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound, and The cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is at least one selected from N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethylmorpholine, and more preferably contains monoethanolamine and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.

當利用剝離液進行去除時,只要將形成於著色圖案上的抗蝕劑圖案去除即可,即便當作為蝕刻產物的沈積物(deposited matter)附著於著色圖案的側壁上時,亦可不完全地去除沈積物。所謂沈積物,是指蝕刻產物附著並堆積於著色層的側壁上而成者。When removing with a stripping solution, it is sufficient to remove the resist pattern formed on the colored pattern, and even when deposited matter that is an etching product adheres to the side wall of the colored pattern, it may not be completely removed Sediments. The so-called deposits refer to those formed by depositing and depositing etching products on the side walls of the colored layer.

作為剝離液,理想的是非環狀含氮化合物的含量相對於剝離液100質量份為9質量份以上、11質量份以下,環狀含氮化合物的含量相對於剝離液100質量份為65質量份以上、70質量份以下者。另外,剝離液較佳為利用純水對非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物的混合物進行稀釋而成者。As the stripping solution, the content of the non-cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is preferably 9 parts by mass or more and 11 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the stripping solution, and the content of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is 65 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the stripping solution. Above, below 70 parts by mass. In addition, it is preferable that the peeling liquid is obtained by diluting the mixture of the non-cyclic nitrogen-containing compound and the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound with pure water.

本發明的彩色濾光器的製造方法視需要可具有作為固態攝影元件用彩色濾光器的製造方法所公知的步驟來作為所述以外的步驟。例如,亦可於進行所述著色組成物層形成步驟、曝光步驟及圖案形成步驟後,視需要包含藉由加熱及/或曝光來使所形成的著色圖案硬化的硬化步驟。The method for manufacturing a color filter of the present invention may include, as necessary, steps known as a method for manufacturing a color filter for solid-state imaging elements as steps other than the above. For example, after performing the coloring composition layer forming step, the exposure step, and the pattern forming step, a hardening step of hardening the formed colored pattern by heating and/or exposure may be included as necessary.

另外,為了高效地清洗塗佈裝置噴出部的噴嘴或配管部的堵塞、由著色組成物或顏料於塗佈機內的附著·沈澱·乾燥所引起的污染等,較佳為將與本發明的著色組成物相關的溶劑用作清洗液。另外,可適宜地使用日本專利特開平7-128867號公報、日本專利特開平7-146562號公報、日本專利特開平8-278637號公報、日本專利特開2000-273370號公報、日本專利特開2006-85140號公報、日本專利特開2006-291191號公報、日本專利特開2007-2101號公報、日本專利特開2007-2102號公報、日本專利特開2007-281523號公報等中所記載的清洗液。 所述之中,較佳為伸烷基二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯及伸烷基二醇單烷基醚。 該些溶媒可單獨使用,亦可將兩種以上混合使用。當將兩種以上混合時,較佳為將具有羥基的溶劑與不具有羥基的溶劑混合。具有羥基的溶劑與不具有羥基的溶劑的質量比為1/99~99/1,較佳為10/90~90/10,更佳為20/80~80/20。特佳為丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate,PGMEA)與丙二醇單甲醚(Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether,PGME)的混合溶劑,且其比率為60/40。再者,為了提昇清洗液對於污染物的滲透性,亦可向清洗液中添加所述與本發明的著色組成物相關的界面活性劑。In addition, in order to efficiently clean the clogging of the nozzle or piping of the spraying part of the coating device, contamination caused by the adhesion, precipitation, and drying of the coloring composition or pigment in the coating machine, it is preferable to The solvent related to the coloring composition is used as a cleaning liquid. In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-128867, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-146562, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-278637, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-273370, Japanese Patent Laid-Open can be suitably used. JP 2006-85140, JP 2006-291191, JP 2007-2101, JP 2007-2102, JP 2007-281523, etc. Washing fluid. Among the above, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers are preferred. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are mixed, it is preferable to mix a solvent having a hydroxyl group and a solvent not having a hydroxyl group. The mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group to the solvent not having a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, and more preferably 20/80 to 80/20. Particularly preferred is a mixed solvent of Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate (PGMEA) and Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether (PGME), and its ratio is 60/40. Furthermore, in order to increase the permeability of the cleaning liquid to contaminants, the surfactant related to the coloring composition of the present invention may be added to the cleaning liquid.

本發明的彩色濾光器因使用本發明的著色組成物,故耐光性、色移性、平坦性優異。 本發明的彩色濾光器可適宜地用於CCD、CMOS等固態攝影元件,特別適合如超過100萬畫素的高解析度的CCD或CMOS等。本發明的固態攝影元件用彩色濾光器例如可用作配置在構成CCD或CMOS的各畫素的光接收部、與用於聚光的微透鏡之間的彩色濾光器。Since the color filter of the present invention is used for the color filter of the present invention, it is excellent in light resistance, color shift property and flatness. The color filter of the present invention can be suitably used for solid-state photographic elements such as CCD and CMOS, and is particularly suitable for high-resolution CCDs or CMOS such as over 1 million pixels. The color filter for a solid-state imaging element of the present invention can be used, for example, as a color filter disposed between a light receiving portion of each pixel constituting a CCD or CMOS and a microlens for condensing light.

本發明的彩色濾光器中的著色圖案(著色畫素)的膜厚較佳為2.0 μm以下,更佳為1.0 μm以下,進而更佳為0.7 μm以下。 另外,作為著色圖案(著色畫素)的尺寸(圖案寬度),較佳為2.5 μm以下,更佳為2.0 μm以下,特佳為1.7 μm以下。The film thickness of the coloring pattern (colored pixels) in the color filter of the present invention is preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.7 μm or less. The size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixels) is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less.

<固態攝影元件> 本發明的固態攝影元件具備所述本發明的彩色濾光器。作為本發明的固態攝影元件的構成,只要是具備本發明的彩色濾光器、且作為固態攝影元件發揮功能的構成,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉如下的構成。<Solid-state imaging element> The solid-state imaging element of the present invention includes the color filter of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state imaging element of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the color filter of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging element. For example, the following configuration may be mentioned.

該構成如下:於支撐體上具有構成固態攝影元件(CCD影像感測器、CMOS影像感測器等)的光接收區域的多個光二極體、及包含多晶矽等的轉移電極,於光二極體及轉移電極上具有僅對光二極體的光接收部開口的包含鎢等的遮光膜,於遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜的整個面、及光二極體光接收部的方式形成的包含氮化矽等的器件保護膜,於器件保護膜上具有本發明的固態攝影元件用彩色濾光器。 進而,亦可為如下的構成等:於器件保護層上、且於彩色濾光器下(靠近支撐體之側)具有聚光機構(例如微透鏡等。以下相同)的構成,或者於彩色濾光器上具有聚光機構的構成。The structure is as follows: a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light-receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (CCD image sensor, CMOS image sensor, etc.) on a support, and a transfer electrode including polysilicon, etc., on the photodiode And the transfer electrode has a light-shielding film including tungsten or the like that opens only to the light-receiving portion of the photodiode, and the light-shielding film includes nitride formed on the light-shielding film to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving portion A device protective film such as silicon has a color filter for solid-state imaging elements of the present invention on the device protective film. Furthermore, it may have a configuration such as a configuration having a light collecting mechanism (such as a microlens, etc. below) on the device protective layer and under the color filter (near the support), or color filter The optical device has a structure of a light condensing mechanism.

<影像顯示裝置> 本發明的彩色濾光器可用於液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光顯示裝置等影像顯示裝置。特別適合於液晶顯示裝置的用途。具備本發明的彩色濾光器的液晶顯示裝置可顯示高畫質影像,該高畫質影像的顯示影像的色調良好且顯示特性優異。<Image display device> The color filter of the present invention can be used for image display devices such as liquid crystal display devices or organic electroluminescence display devices. Particularly suitable for the use of liquid crystal display devices. The liquid crystal display device provided with the color filter of the present invention can display high-quality images, and the displayed images of the high-quality images have good color tones and excellent display characteristics.

關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細情況,於例如「電子顯示器件(佐佐木 昭夫著,工業調查會(Kogyo Chosakai Publishing)(股份) 1990年發行)」、「顯示器件(伊吹 順章著,產業圖書(Sangyo Tosho)(股份) 1989年發行)」等中有記載。另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,於例如「下一代液晶顯示技術(內田 龍男編輯,工業調查會(股份) 1994年發行)」中有記載。可應用本發明的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示技術」中所記載的各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。For the definition of the display device or the details of each display device, for example, "Electronic display device (by Shosaki Sasaki, Kogyo Chosakai Publishing (shares) issued in 1990)", "Display device (by Ibuki Shunzo, "Sangyo Tosho (shares) issued in 1989" and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Uchida Ryuo, published by the Industrial Investigation Association (shares) in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".

本發明的彩色濾光器亦可用於彩色薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,於例如「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股份)1996年發行)」中有記載。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、多域垂直配向(Multi-Domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)等畫素分割方式等的視角被擴大的液晶顯示裝置,或者超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、光學補償傾斜(Optically Compensated Splay,OCS)、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)、以及反射光學補償彎曲(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等。 另外,本發明中的彩色濾光器亦可供於明亮且高精細的彩色濾光器陣列(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。於COA方式的液晶顯示裝置中,對於彩色濾光器層的要求特性除如上所述的通常的要求特性以外,有時需要對於層間絕緣膜的要求特性,即低介電常數及耐剝離液性。本發明的彩色濾光器因耐光性等優異,故可提供解析度高且長期耐久性優異的COA方式的液晶顯示裝置。再者,為了滿足低介電常數的要求特性,亦可於彩色濾光器層上設置樹脂被膜。 關於該些影像顯示方式,於例如「EL、電漿顯示面板(Plasma Display Panel,PDP)、LCD顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(東麗研究中心(Toray Research Center)調査研究部門 2001年發行)」的第43頁等中有記載。The color filter of the present invention can also be used for a color thin film transistor (Thin Film Transistor, TFT) type liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device of the color TFT method is described in, for example, "Color TFT liquid crystal display (Kyoritsu Publishing (share) issued in 1996). Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to liquid crystals with a widened viewing angle such as horizontal electric field driving methods such as in-plane switching (IPS), pixel division methods such as multi-domain vertical alignment (MVA), etc. Display device, or Super Twisted Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (VA), Optically Compensated Splay (OCS), fringe field switching ( Fringe Field Switching (FFS), and Reflective Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB), etc. In addition, the color filter in the present invention can also be used in a bright and high-definition color filter array (Color-filter On Array, COA) method. In the liquid crystal display device of the COA method, in addition to the usual required characteristics as described above, the required characteristics of the color filter layer sometimes require the required characteristics of the interlayer insulating film, that is, low dielectric constant and resistance to peeling liquid . Since the color filter of the present invention is excellent in light resistance and the like, it is possible to provide a COA liquid crystal display device with high resolution and excellent long-term durability. Furthermore, in order to satisfy the required characteristics of low dielectric constant, a resin coating may be provided on the color filter layer. Regarding these image display methods, for example, "EL, Plasma Display Panel (PDP), LCD display-the latest trends in technology and market-(Toray Research Center (Toray Research Center) Research and Research Department issued in 2001 )" on page 43, etc.

具備本發明中的彩色濾光器的液晶顯示裝置除本發明中的彩色濾光器以外,亦包含電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光源、間隔片、視角保障膜等各種構件。本發明的彩色濾光器可應用於包含該些公知的構件的液晶顯示裝置中。關於該些構件,於例如「'94液晶顯示器周邊材料·化學品的市場(島 健太郎 CMC(股份) 1994年發行)」、「2003液晶相關市場的現狀與未來展望(下卷)(表良吉 富士凱美萊總研(Fuji Chimera Research Institute)(股份),2003年發行)」中有記載。 關於背光源,於「資訊顯示學會會議摘要(SID(The Society for Information Display) meeting Digest)」1380(2005)(A.今野(A.Konno)等人)、或「顯示器月刊(Monthly Display)」2005年12月號的第18頁~第24頁(島 康裕)、「顯示器月刊」2005年12月號的第25頁~第30頁(八木隆明)等中有記載。The liquid crystal display device provided with the color filter of the present invention includes various members such as an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle protection film, in addition to the color filter of the present invention. The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device including these well-known components. About these components, for example, "'94 LCD peripheral materials and chemicals market (Shima Kentaro CMC (shares) issued in 1994)", "2003 LCD related market status and future prospects (Volume 2) "Fuji Chimera Research Institute (shares), issued in 2003)". Regarding the backlight, in "SID (The Society for Information Display) meeting Digest" 1380 (2005) (A. Konno, etc.), or "Monthly Display" It is described on pages 18 to 24 of the December 2005 issue (Shima Kyuyu), pages 25 to 30 of the "Monthly Display" December 2005 issue (Longming Yagi), etc.

若將本發明中的彩色濾光器用於液晶顯示裝置,則當與先前公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時可實現高對比度,進而,藉由將紅、綠、藍的發光二極體(Light Emitting Diode,LED)光源作為背光源,而可提供亮度高、色純度高且顏色再現性良好的液晶顯示裝置。 [實施例]If the color filter of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, high contrast can be achieved when combined with the previously known three-wavelength tube of cold cathode tube, and further, by combining red, green, and blue light emitting diodes (Light Emitting Diode, LED) light source as a backlight, and can provide a liquid crystal display device with high brightness, high color purity and good color reproducibility. [Example]

以下,藉由實施例來更具體地説明本發明,但只要本發明不超出其主旨,則並不限定於以下的實施例。再者,只要事先無特別說明,則「%」及「份」為質量基準。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the present invention does not exceed its gist. Furthermore, as long as there is no special explanation in advance, "%" and "parts" are the quality standards.

<呫噸化合物(A-xt-1)的合成> [化58]

Figure 02_image117
<Synthesis of xanthene compound (A-xt-1)> [Chem 58]
Figure 02_image117

<<中間物1的合成>> 將3,6-二氯磺基螢烷(DCSF)(中外化成製造)31份、2,6-二異丙基苯胺67份、氯化鋅17份、環丁碸120份加入至燒瓶中,並於外溫200度下攪拌8小時。其後,放置冷卻至室溫為止,將該反應液滴加至2 N鹽酸水600份中,並濾除所析出的結晶。利用40度的乙腈600份對結晶進行分散清洗後,進行濾取,然後進行10小時吹風乾燥,而獲得42.5份(產率:82%)的中間物1。 <<中間物2的合成>> 將11份的中間物1及氧氯化磷50份加入至燒瓶中,並於60℃下攪拌4小時。放置冷卻至室溫為止,將該反應液滴加至冰水150份中,並攪拌30分鐘。濾除所獲得的結晶,並利用水20份進行清洗。其後,使所獲得的結晶溶解於氯仿150份中,並進行矽藻土過濾。利用5%食鹽水100份、15%食鹽水100份對濾液進行分液清洗。於利用硫酸鈉對該濾液進行乾燥後,進行減壓濃縮,而獲得12.1份(產率:91%)的中間物2。 <<中間物3的合成>> 將五氟苯磺醯氯15份、四氫呋喃(Tetrahydrofuran,THF)300份加入至燒瓶中,並將內溫冷卻至-10℃。以反應液維持0℃以下的方式,向其中滴加28%氨水6.8份。滴加後,於0℃下攪拌1小時後,對反應液進行過濾。對所獲得的濾液進行減壓濃縮,將THF去除後,添加水100份,並進行攪拌。對所獲得的固體進行過濾,進行水洗後進行10小時吹風乾燥,而獲得11.7份(產率:84%)的中間物3。 <<中間物4的合成>> 將15份的中間物3、2-巰基乙醇4.9份、甲醇100份添加至燒瓶中,並於室溫下進行攪拌。以反應液的溫度不超過30℃的方式,向其中滴加三乙胺6.5份。於室溫下對該反應液攪拌1小時,進行減壓濃縮後,向其中添加乙酸乙酯90份、飽和食鹽水80份、飽和碳酸氫鈉水10份,並進行分液操作。利用乙酸乙酯90份對水層進行萃取後,向所獲得的有機層中添加硫酸鎂。進行過濾後,對濾液進行減壓濃縮,然後進行10小時吹風乾燥,而獲得17份(產率:92%)的中間物4。 <<中間物5的合成>> 添加49份的中間物4、丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯(AOI,昭和電工製造)25份、二丁基羥基甲苯(BHT)0.2份、二甲基乙醯胺95份、Neostann U-600(日東化成製造)0.1份,並於85℃下攪拌1小時。繼而,向其中添加乙酸乙酯500份、飽和食鹽水500份並進行分液操作。向所獲得的有機層中添加硫酸鈉後,加以濾除,並對濾液進行減壓濃縮。利用氯仿170份對所獲得的固體進行懸浮清洗後,進行過濾,然後進行吹風乾燥,藉此獲得60份(產率:84%)的中間物5。 <<呫噸化合物(A-xt-1)的合成>> 將5份的中間物5、二氯甲烷50份、三乙胺3.4份添加至燒瓶中,並於室溫下進行攪拌。向其中添加10.8份的中間物2,並於室溫下攪拌2小時。反應結束後,添加氯仿200份、純水500份、飽和食鹽水200份,並進行分液操作。向所獲得的有機層中添加硫酸鈉,進行脫水後,加以濾除,並對濾液進行減壓濃縮。使所獲得的固體溶解於氯仿中,利用氯仿/乙酸乙酯溶媒並藉由管柱層析法來進行精製,藉此獲得12.5份(產率:86%)的A-xt-1。<<Synthesis of Intermediate 1>> 31 parts of 3,6-dichlorosulfofluorane (DCSF) (manufactured by Chugai Chemicals), 67 parts of 2,6-diisopropylaniline, 17 parts of zinc chloride, cyclic 120 parts of Ding Jie were added to the flask and stirred at an external temperature of 200 degrees for 8 hours. Thereafter, it was left to cool to room temperature, and the reaction was added dropwise to 600 parts of 2 N hydrochloric acid water, and the precipitated crystals were filtered off. After the crystals were dispersed and washed with 600 parts of acetonitrile at 40 degrees, they were filtered and then dried by blowing for 10 hours to obtain 42.5 parts (yield: 82%) of Intermediate 1. <Synthesis of Intermediate 2> 11 parts of Intermediate 1 and 50 parts of phosphorus oxychloride were added to the flask, and stirred at 60°C for 4 hours. After leaving to cool to room temperature, the reaction was added dropwise to 150 parts of ice water and stirred for 30 minutes. The obtained crystals were filtered off and washed with 20 parts of water. Thereafter, the obtained crystals were dissolved in 150 parts of chloroform, and filtered through celite. The filtrate was separated and washed with 100 parts of 5% saline and 100 parts of 15% saline. After the filtrate was dried with sodium sulfate, it was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 12.1 parts (yield: 91%) of Intermediate 2. <Synthesis of Intermediate 3> 15 parts of pentafluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride and 300 parts of tetrahydrofuran (THF) were added to the flask, and the internal temperature was cooled to -10°C. 6.8 parts of 28% ammonia water was added dropwise to the reaction liquid so as to maintain the temperature below 0°C. After dropping, after stirring at 0°C for 1 hour, the reaction solution was filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and after removing THF, 100 parts of water was added and stirred. The obtained solid was filtered, washed with water, and then blow-dried for 10 hours to obtain 11.7 parts (yield: 84%) of Intermediate 3. <Synthesis of Intermediate 4> 15 parts of Intermediate 3, 4.9 parts of 2-mercaptoethanol, and 100 parts of methanol were added to the flask, and stirred at room temperature. 6.5 parts of triethylamine was added dropwise so that the temperature of the reaction liquid did not exceed 30°C. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and concentrated under reduced pressure, 90 parts of ethyl acetate, 80 parts of saturated saline, and 10 parts of saturated sodium bicarbonate water were added thereto, and a liquid separation operation was performed. After extracting the aqueous layer with 90 parts of ethyl acetate, magnesium sulfate was added to the obtained organic layer. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and then subjected to air-drying for 10 hours to obtain 17 parts (yield: 92%) of Intermediate 4. <<Synthesis of Intermediate 5>> Add 49 parts of Intermediate 4, 25 parts of 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate (AOI, manufactured by Showa Denko), 0.2 parts of dibutylhydroxytoluene (BHT), dimethyl 95 parts of acetamide and 0.1 part of Neostann U-600 (manufactured by Nitto Chemical) were stirred at 85°C for 1 hour. Then, 500 parts of ethyl acetate and 500 parts of saturated saline were added thereto and liquid separation operation was performed. After adding sodium sulfate to the obtained organic layer, it was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. After suspending and washing the obtained solid with 170 parts of chloroform, it was filtered, and then subjected to blow drying, thereby obtaining 60 parts (yield: 84%) of Intermediate 5. <Synthesis of Xanthene Compound (A-xt-1)>> 5 parts of Intermediate 5, 50 parts of dichloromethane, and 3.4 parts of triethylamine were added to the flask and stirred at room temperature. 10.8 parts of Intermediate 2 was added thereto, and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, 200 parts of chloroform, 500 parts of pure water, and 200 parts of saturated saline were added, and a liquid separation operation was performed. Sodium sulfate was added to the obtained organic layer, and after dehydration, it was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and purified by column chromatography using a chloroform/ethyl acetate solvent, thereby obtaining 12.5 parts (yield: 86%) of A-xt-1.

<呫噸化合物(A-xt-2)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-4)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-6)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-7)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-9)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-12)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-15)的合成例> 仿照所述呫噸化合物(A-xt-1)來合成呫噸化合物(A-xt-2)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-4)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-6)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-7)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-9)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-12)、呫噸化合物(A-xt-15)。<Xanthene compound (A-xt-2), Xanthene compound (A-xt-4), Xanthene compound (A-xt-6), Xanthene compound (A-xt-7), Xanthene compound (A -xt-9), xanthene compound (A-xt-12), xanthene compound (A-xt-15) synthesis examples> Xanthene compound (A-xt-1) was synthesized following the synthesis of the xanthene compound (A-xt-1) ( A-xt-2), Xanthene compound (A-xt-4), Xanthene compound (A-xt-6), Xanthene compound (A-xt-7), Xanthene compound (A-xt-9) , Xanthene compound (A-xt-12), Xanthene compound (A-xt-15).

<由通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體的合成> [色素多聚體S-1的合成] [化59]

Figure 02_image119
<Synthesis of pigment polymer represented by general formula (1)> [Synthesis of pigment polymer S-1] [Chem 59]
Figure 02_image119

於氮氣氣流下,將多官能硫醇(所述(SH-1)的結構的化合物,SC有機化學工業(股份)製造)1.0份、呫噸化合物(A-xt-1)13.7份、甲基丙烯酸(MAA)2.1份、及環己酮9.0份的混合溶液加熱至80℃。向其中添加2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁酸)二甲酯[V-601;和光純藥製造]0.254份後,於80℃下加熱攪拌2小時。進而添加0.254份的V-601後,於80℃下加熱攪拌2小時,進而於90℃下加熱攪拌2小時。冷卻至室溫為止後,添加環己酮30.7份、溴化四丁基銨(TBAB)0.32份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(GMA)1.8份,並於80℃下加熱攪拌18小時。冷卻至室溫為止後,將反應溶液滴加至己烷250份、乙酸乙酯250份的混合溶媒中進行再沈澱,而獲得色素多聚體S-1。 色素多聚體S-1的重量平均分子量(聚苯乙烯換算值)為14500,藉由使用0.1 N氫氧化鈉水溶液的滴定,酸價為40 mgKOH/g。 另外,藉由NMR(核磁共振)測定,計算出聚合物鏈Q的具有色素結構的重複單元的數量平均為4.5。另外,溶解於四氫呋喃(THF)中來製備含有0.01 mg/ml的色素多聚體S-1的溶液(以最大吸光度變成1.0的方式進行了調節的濃度),使用光程長度為1 cm的單元測定該溶液於25℃下的吸光度,結果最大吸收波長(λmax)為535 nm,最大吸收波長(λmax)的比吸光度為44。Under a nitrogen gas flow, 1.0 part of the polyfunctional thiol (the compound of the structure (SH-1), manufactured by SC Organic Chemical Industry (Co., Ltd.)), 13.7 parts of the xanthene compound (A-xt-1), methyl A mixed solution of 2.1 parts of acrylic acid (MAA) and 9.0 parts of cyclohexanone was heated to 80°C. To this, 0.254 parts of 2,2'-azobis(isobutyric acid) dimethyl [V-601; manufactured by Wako Pure Chemicals] was added, followed by heating and stirring at 80°C for 2 hours. After further adding 0.254 parts of V-601, the mixture was heated and stirred at 80°C for 2 hours, and further heated and stirred at 90°C for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, 30.7 parts of cyclohexanone, 0.32 parts of tetrabutylammonium bromide (TBAB), and 1.8 parts of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80°C for 18 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was added dropwise to a mixed solvent of 250 parts of hexane and 250 parts of ethyl acetate to perform reprecipitation to obtain pigment polymer S-1. The weight average molecular weight (in terms of polystyrene) of the pigment polymer S-1 was 14,500, and the acid value was 40 mgKOH/g by titration using 0.1 N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution. In addition, the number of repeating units having a pigment structure of the polymer chain Q was calculated to be 4.5 on average by NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) measurement. In addition, dissolve in tetrahydrofuran (THF) to prepare a solution containing 0.01 mg/ml of pigment multimer S-1 (concentration adjusted so that the maximum absorbance becomes 1.0), using a unit with an optical path length of 1 cm The absorbance of the solution at 25°C was measured. As a result, the maximum absorption wavelength (λmax) was 535 nm, and the specific absorption of the maximum absorption wavelength (λmax) was 44.

[色素多聚體S-2~色素多聚體S-52的合成] 除將多官能硫醇、各種單體的種類及量、V-601的量、GMA的量、TBAB的量變更成下述表以外,仿照色素多聚體S-1的合成方法而獲得色素多聚體S-2~色素多聚體S-52。[Synthesis of Dye Polymer S-2 to Dye Polymer S-52] In addition to changing the polyfunctional thiol, the types and amounts of various monomers, the amount of V-601, the amount of GMA, and the amount of TBAB to the following In addition to the above description, the pigment polymer S-2 to the pigment polymer S-52 were obtained in accordance with the synthesis method of the pigment polymer S-1.

<比吸光度的測定> 使各色素多聚體溶解於四氫呋喃(THF)中,並調整成波長於400 nm~800 nm內的最大吸光度變成1.0的濃度,使用光程長度為1 cm的單元,並根據下述式(Aλ)算出該溶液於25℃下的吸光度。   E=A/(c×l)···(Aλ)   式(Aλ)中,E表示於400 nm~800 nm內的最大吸收波長中的比吸光度, A表示於400 nm~800 nm內的最大吸收波長中的吸光度, l表示單位由cm表示的單元長度, c表示單位由mg/ml表示的溶液中的色素多聚體的濃度。<Measurement of specific absorbance> Dissolve each pigment polymer in tetrahydrofuran (THF) and adjust the concentration to a concentration at which the maximum absorbance at a wavelength of 400 nm to 800 nm becomes 1.0, use a unit with an optical path length of 1 cm, and The absorbance of this solution at 25°C was calculated according to the following formula (Aλ). E=A/(c×l)... (Aλ) In the formula (Aλ), E represents the specific absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength within 400 nm to 800 nm, and A represents the maximum absorption within 400 nm to 800 nm The absorbance at the absorption wavelength, l represents the unit length expressed in cm, and c represents the concentration of the pigment polymer in the solution expressed in mg/ml.

[表1]

Figure 104125154-A0304-0001
[Table 1]
Figure 104125154-A0304-0001

以下表示表中所記載的單體的種類。 [化60]

Figure 02_image121
[化61]
Figure 02_image123
[化62]
Figure 02_image125
[化63]
Figure 02_image127
The types of monomers described in the table are shown below. [化60]
Figure 02_image121
[化61]
Figure 02_image123
[化62]
Figure 02_image125
[化63]
Figure 02_image127

比較色素(S'-1)、比較色素(S'-2)、比較色素(S'-3):下述結構 [化64]

Figure 02_image129
Comparative pigment (S'-1), comparative pigment (S'-2), comparative pigment (S'-3): the following structure [Chem64]
Figure 02_image129

(比較色素(S'-3)的合成) [化65]

Figure 02_image131
依據日本專利特開2000-162429號公報中所記載的方法來合成三芳基甲烷化合物(A-tp-101)。 將三芳基甲烷化合物(A-tp-101)(15 g)、甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯(10 g)、甲基丙烯酸(5.5 g)、及偶氮雙異丁腈(5 g)添加至N-乙基吡咯啶酮(70 g)中,並於室溫下攪拌30分鐘來進行溶解(滴加用聚合溶液)。 另外,將三芳基甲烷化合物(A-tp-101)(15 g)、甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯(10 g)、及甲基丙烯酸(5.5 g)加入至容器中來進行溶解,並於80℃下進行攪拌。歷時3小時向其中滴加所製備的滴加用聚合溶液,攪拌1小時後,添加偶氮異丁腈(2.5 g),進而反應2小時後停止。冷卻至室溫為止後,將溶媒餾去,而獲得比較色素3。比較色素3的重量平均分子量(Mw)為18000,藉由使用0.1 N氫氧化鈉水溶液的滴定,酸價為1.81 mgKOH/g。(Comparative synthesis of pigment (S'-3)) [Chem 65]
Figure 02_image131
The triarylmethane compound (A-tp-101) was synthesized according to the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-162429. Add triarylmethane compound (A-tp-101) (15 g), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (10 g), methacrylic acid (5.5 g), and azobisisobutyronitrile (5 g) to N -Dissolve in ethylpyrrolidone (70 g) and stir at room temperature for 30 minutes (polymerization solution for dropping). In addition, the triarylmethane compound (A-tp-101) (15 g), hydroxyethyl methacrylate (10 g), and methacrylic acid (5.5 g) were added to the vessel for dissolution and at 80°C Stir under. The prepared polymerization solution for dropping was added dropwise thereto over 3 hours, and after stirring for 1 hour, azoisobutyronitrile (2.5 g) was added, and the reaction was stopped after 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was distilled off to obtain Comparative Pigment 3. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of Comparative Pigment 3 was 18000, and the acid value was 1.81 mgKOH/g by titration using 0.1 N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution.

<實施例1> 1.抗蝕液的製備 將下述組成的成分混合並溶解後,利用0.45 μm尼龍過濾器進行過濾,藉此製備底塗層用抗蝕液。 底塗層用抗蝕液的組成 ·溶劑:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯19.20份 ·溶劑:乳酸乙酯36.67份 ·鹼可溶性樹脂:甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物(莫耳比=60/22/18,重量平均分子量為15,000,數量平均分子量為9,000)的40%PGMEA溶液30.51份 ·聚合性化合物:二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥公司製造))12.20份 ·聚合抑制劑:對甲氧基苯酚0.0061份 ·氟系界面活性劑:F-475,迪愛生(股份)製造0.83份 ·光聚合起始劑:三鹵甲基三嗪系的光聚合起始劑(TAZ-107,綠化學(Midori Kagaku)化學公司製造)0.586份<Example 1> 1. Preparation of resist solution After mixing and dissolving the components of the following composition, filtration was performed with a 0.45 μm nylon filter, thereby preparing a resist solution for an undercoat layer. Composition of resist liquid for undercoat layer·Solvent: 19.20 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate·Solvent: 36.67 parts of ethyl lactate·Alkali-soluble resin: benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/methacrylic acid-2- Hydroxyethyl copolymer (Molar ratio = 60/22/18, weight average molecular weight 15,000, number average molecular weight 9,000) in 40% PGMEA solution 30.51 parts · Polymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (Kayarad (KAYARAD) DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku) 12.20 parts · Polymerization inhibitor: 0.0061 parts of p-methoxyphenol · Fluorine-based surfactant: F-475, 0.83 parts manufactured by Di Aisheng (share) · Photopolymerization start Agent: Trihalomethyltriazine-based photopolymerization initiator (TAZ-107, manufactured by Midori Kagaku Chemical Company) 0.586 parts

2.帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板的製作 於烘箱中以200℃對6吋(inch)的矽晶圓進行30分鐘加熱處理。繼而,將底塗層用抗蝕液以乾燥膜厚變成1.5 μm的方式塗佈於該矽晶圓上,進而於220℃的烘箱中進行1小時加熱乾燥而形成底塗層,從而獲得帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板。2. Fabrication of a silicon wafer substrate with an undercoat layer. A 6-inch silicon wafer was heated at 200°C for 30 minutes in an oven. Then, the resist liquid for the undercoat layer was applied on the silicon wafer with a dry film thickness of 1.5 μm, and further heated and dried in an oven at 220° C. for 1 hour to form an undercoat layer, thereby obtaining Undercoat silicon wafer substrate.

3.著色組成物的製備 3-1.藍色顏料分散液的製備 (顏料分散液P1(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液)的製備) 以如下方式製備顏料分散液P1(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液)。 即,利用珠磨機(beads mill)(氧化鋯珠,直徑為0.3 mm),對將C.I.顏料藍15:6(藍色顏料;以下亦稱為「PB15:6」)19.4質量份(平均一次粒徑為55 nm)、及分散樹脂BY-161(畢克化學公司製造)2.95質量份、以固體成分換算計為2.95質量份的鹼可溶性樹脂J1(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸的共聚物,30%PGMEA溶液)(溶液為9.93質量份)、165.3質量份的PGMEA混合而成的混合液進行3小時混合·分散。其後,進而使用帶有減壓機構的高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(日本BEE(股份)製造),於2000 kg/cm3 的壓力下以500 g/min的流量進行分散處理。將該分散處理重複10次,而獲得作為顏料分散液的C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液。針對所獲得的C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液,利用動態光散射法(Microtrac Nanotrac UPA-EX150(日機裝公司(Nikkiso Co.,Ltd.)製造))測定顏料的平均一次粒徑,結果為24 nm。3. Preparation of coloring composition 3-1. Preparation of blue pigment dispersion liquid (preparation of pigment dispersion liquid P1 (CI pigment blue 15:6 dispersion liquid)) Pigment dispersion liquid P1 (CI pigment blue 15: 6 dispersion). That is, using a beads mill (zirconia beads, diameter 0.3 mm), the CI pigment blue 15:6 (blue pigment; hereinafter also referred to as "PB15:6") 19.4 parts by mass (average once The particle size is 55 nm), and 2.95 parts by mass of dispersion resin BY-161 (manufactured by BYK Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 2.95 parts by mass in terms of solid content of alkali-soluble resin J1 (copolymerization of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid) Mixture of 30% PGMEA solution) (the solution is 9.93 parts by mass) and 165.3 parts by mass of PGMEA, and the mixture is mixed and dispersed for 3 hours. Thereafter, a high-pressure dispersing machine NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Japan BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism was further used to carry out dispersion treatment at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 . This dispersion process was repeated 10 times to obtain a CI Pigment Blue 15:6 dispersion liquid as a pigment dispersion liquid. With respect to the obtained CI Pigment Blue 15:6 dispersion liquid, the average primary particle diameter of the pigment was measured by dynamic light scattering method (Microtrac Nanotrac UPA-EX150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.)), and the result was 24 nm.

鹼可溶性樹脂J1 [化66]

Figure 02_image133
Alkali soluble resin J1 [Chem 66]
Figure 02_image133

3-2.著色組成物的製備 將下述的各成分混合後分散、溶解,利用0.45 μm尼龍過濾器進行過濾,藉此獲得著色組成物。 ·有機溶劑(環己酮):17.12份 ·鹼可溶性樹脂1(下述J1):1.23份(固體成分為0.37份,固體成分濃度為30%) ·鹼可溶性樹脂2(艾力克(Acrycure)-RD-F8(日本觸媒公司製造)):0.23份 ·光聚合起始劑I-2(豔佳固(IRGACURE)OXE-02):0.975份 ·色素多聚體的環己酮溶液(固體成分濃度為12.3%):24.57份 ·顏料分散液P1(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液,PGMEA溶液,固體成分濃度為12.8%):51.40份 ·聚合性化合物Z-1(伸乙氧基改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,NK ESTER A-DPH-12E(新中村化學公司製造)):1.96份 ·聚合抑制劑(對甲氧基苯酚):0.0007份 ·氟系界面活性劑(迪愛生公司製造的F475,1%PGMEA溶液):2.50份3-2. Preparation of colored composition The following components are mixed, dispersed and dissolved, and filtered with a 0.45 μm nylon filter to obtain a colored composition. · Organic solvent (cyclohexanone): 17.12 parts · Alkali soluble resin 1 (J1 below): 1.23 parts (solid content 0.37 parts, solid content concentration 30%) · Alkali soluble resin 2 (Acrycure)- RD-F8 (manufactured by Japan Catalyst Company)): 0.23 parts • Photopolymerization initiator I-2 (IRGACURE OXE-02): 0.975 parts • Pigment polymer cyclohexanone solution (solid content Concentration: 12.3%): 24.57 parts · Pigment Dispersion Liquid P1 (CI Pigment Blue 15:6 dispersion liquid, PGMEA solution, solid content concentration is 12.8%): 51.40 parts · Polymeric Compound Z-1 (ethoxylated modification) Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, NK ESTER A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.): 1.96 parts · Polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol): 0.0007 part · Fluorine-based surfactant (manufactured by Di Aisheng Company) F475, 1% PGMEA solution): 2.50 parts

4.彩色濾光器(著色圖案)的製作 4-1:使用著色組成物的彩色濾光器的藉由光微影法的製作 將以上所製備的著色組成物塗佈於以上所製作的帶有底塗層的矽晶圓的底塗層上,而形成著色層(塗佈膜)。然後,使用100℃的加熱板,以該塗佈膜的乾燥膜厚變成1 μm的方式進行120秒加熱處理(預烘烤)。 繼而,使用i射線步進式曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(佳能(Canon)(股份)製造),於365 nm的波長下,透過圖案為各邊1.0 μm的正方形的島(Island)圖案遮罩,以50 mJ/cm2 ~1200 mJ/cm2 的曝光量進行曝光。 其後,將形成有經照射的塗佈膜的矽晶圓基板載置於旋轉·噴淋顯影機(DW-30型,Chemitronics(股份)製造)的水平旋轉台上,使用CD-2000(富士軟片電子材料(股份)製造)於23℃下進行60秒覆液式顯影,而於帶有底塗層的矽晶圓的底塗層上形成著色圖案。 藉由真空夾盤方式來將形成有著色圖案的矽晶圓固定於水平旋轉台上,利用旋轉裝置以50 rpm的轉速使矽晶圓旋轉,並自其旋轉中心的上方,自噴出噴嘴呈噴淋狀地供給純水來進行淋洗處理。其後進行噴霧乾燥,利用加熱板於200℃下進行300秒後烘烤,而獲得矽晶圓上的膜厚為1 μm的著色圖案(彩色濾光器)。 藉由以上方式,而獲得於帶有底塗層的矽晶圓的底塗層上設置有著色圖案(彩色濾光器)的構成的帶有著色圖案的矽晶圓。 其後,使用測長掃描式電子顯微鏡(Scanning Electron Microscope,SEM)「S-9260A」(日立先端科技(Hitachi High-Technologies)(股份)製造),測定著色圖案的尺寸。 使用圖案尺寸變成1.0 μm的曝光量的著色圖案,進行顯影殘渣的評價。4. Production of color filter (coloring pattern) 4-1: Production of color filter using coloring composition by photolithography method The coloring composition prepared above is applied to the belt prepared above A colored layer (coating film) is formed on the undercoat layer of the silicon wafer with the undercoat layer. Then, using a 100° C. hot plate, a 120-second heat treatment (pre-baking) was performed so that the dried film thickness of the coated film became 1 μm. Then, using the i-ray stepping exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon), at a wavelength of 365 nm, the transmission pattern was masked with a square island pattern of 1.0 μm on each side, to Exposure is performed at an exposure amount of 50 mJ/cm 2 to 1200 mJ/cm 2 . After that, the silicon wafer substrate on which the irradiated coating film was formed was placed on a horizontal rotary table of a rotary and shower developing machine (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), using CD-2000 (Fuji Film electronic materials (manufactured by Co., Ltd.) was developed at 23°C for 60 seconds with over-liquid development, and a colored pattern was formed on the undercoat layer of the silicon wafer with the undercoat layer. The silicon wafer with the colored pattern formed is fixed on a horizontal rotary table by a vacuum chuck method, and the silicon wafer is rotated at 50 rpm using a rotating device, and from above the center of rotation, the nozzle is sprayed Pure water is supplied in a shower to perform the rinse treatment. After that, it was spray-dried and post-baked at 200°C for 300 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a color pattern (color filter) with a thickness of 1 μm on the silicon wafer. In the above manner, a colored patterned silicon wafer in which a colored pattern (color filter) is provided on the undercoat layer of the silicon wafer with an undercoat layer is obtained. After that, the length of the colored pattern was measured using Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) "S-9260A" (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies (shares)). Evaluation of the development residue was performed using a coloring pattern whose pattern size became an exposure amount of 1.0 μm.

<顯影殘渣的評價> 使用掃描式電子顯微鏡,以30000倍的倍率觀察矽晶圓中的著色圖案的形成區域外(未曝光部),並根據下述評價基準進行評價。 A:於著色圖案形成區域外(未曝光部)完全未確認到殘渣。 B:於著色圖案形成區域外(未曝光部),略微確認到殘渣,但為實用上無問題的程度。 C:於著色圖案形成區域外(未曝光部)確認到殘渣。將顯影條件自於23℃下進行60秒覆液式顯影變更成於23℃下進行180秒覆液式顯影,藉此變成實用上無問題的程度。 D:於著色圖案形成區域外(未曝光部)明顯確認到殘渣。<Evaluation of development residue> Using a scanning electron microscope, the outside of the formation area of the coloring pattern (unexposed portion) in the silicon wafer was observed at a magnification of 30,000 times, and evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. A: No residue was observed at all outside the colored pattern formation area (unexposed part). B: Outside the colored pattern formation area (unexposed part), residues were slightly confirmed, but they were of a degree that there was no practical problem. C: Residue was confirmed outside the colored pattern formation area (unexposed part). The development conditions were changed from liquid-covered development at 23° C. for 60 seconds to liquid-covered development at 23° C. for 180 seconds, thereby becoming practically problem-free. D: Residues were clearly recognized outside the colored pattern formation area (unexposed part).

<<色移性評價>> 利用MCPD-3000(大塚電子製造)測定各彩色濾光器中的著色圖案的吸光度(吸光度A)。 以乾燥膜厚變成1 μm的方式將CT-2000L溶液(富士軟片電子材料(股份)製造;透明基底劑)塗佈於彩色濾光器的著色圖案形成面上,並進行乾燥,形成透明膜後,於280℃下進行5分鐘加熱處理。 加熱結束後,利用MCPD-3000(大塚電子製造)測定鄰接於著色圖案的透明膜的吸光度(吸光度B)。 針對所獲得的透明膜的吸光度B的值,算出相對於加熱前所測定的著色圖案的吸光度A的值的比例[%][下述(式A)]。將其設為對朝鄰接畫素(pixel)的色移進行評價的指標。   (式A)     色移(%)=(吸光度B/吸光度A)×100   A:未滿1% B:1%以上、未滿3% C:3%以上、未滿10% D:10%以上<Evaluation of color shiftability>> The absorbance (absorbance A) of the coloring pattern in each color filter was measured with MCPD-3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics). Apply the CT-2000L solution (manufactured by Fuji Film Electronic Materials (Co., Ltd.); transparent base agent) so that the dry film thickness becomes 1 μm, and dry the colored pattern forming surface of the color filter to form a transparent film. , Heat treatment at 280°C for 5 minutes. After the heating was completed, the absorbance (absorbance B) of the transparent film adjacent to the colored pattern was measured using MCPD-3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics). With respect to the value of the absorbance B of the obtained transparent film, the ratio [%] [the following (formula A)] to the value of the absorbance A of the coloring pattern measured before heating was calculated. This is used as an index for evaluating the color shift toward the adjacent pixel (pixel). (Formula A) Color shift (%) = (absorbance B/absorbance A) × 100 A: less than 1% B: more than 1%, less than 3% C: more than 3%, less than 10% D: more than 10%

<<耐光性評價>> 使用旋轉塗佈機(三笠(Mikasa)(股份)製造),將以上所製備的著色感光性組成物塗佈於玻璃基板上,而形成塗膜。然後,以該塗膜的乾燥膜厚變成0.6 μm的方式,使用100℃的加熱板進行120秒加熱處理(預烘烤)。繼而,於200℃下進行5分鐘的加熱,而進行塗佈膜的硬化來形成著色層。 使用耐光試驗裝置(須賀試驗機(Suga Test Instrument)公司製造的SX-75)、於黑面板溫度63℃、石英內部濾光器、275 nm截止外部濾光器、照度75 mw/m2 (300 nm~400 nm)、濕度50%的條件下,對形成有著色層的玻璃基板實施10小時的耐光性試驗。 利用分光光度計MCPD-3000(大塚電子(股份)公司製造)測定耐光性試驗前後的色差(ΔE*ab)。基於所測定的色差(ΔE*ab),並根據下述評價基準來評價耐光性。可以說該數值越小,耐光性越良好。將評價結果示於下述表中。A及B為實際使用時無問題的水準。<Evaluation of light resistance>> Using a spin coater (Mikasa (manufactured by Mikasa)), the color-forming photosensitive composition prepared above was coated on a glass substrate to form a coating film. Then, heat treatment (pre-baking) was performed for 120 seconds using a 100° C. hot plate so that the dried film thickness of the coating film became 0.6 μm. Then, heating was performed at 200° C. for 5 minutes, and the coating film was cured to form a colored layer. Use a lightfastness test device (SX-75 manufactured by Suga Test Instrument), a black panel temperature of 63°C, a quartz internal filter, a 275 nm cut-off external filter, and an illumination of 75 mw/m 2 (300 nm to 400 nm) and a humidity of 50%, the glass substrate on which the colored layer was formed was subjected to a light resistance test for 10 hours. The color difference (ΔE*ab) before and after the light resistance test was measured using a spectrophotometer MCPD-3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.). Based on the measured color difference (ΔE*ab), light resistance was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that the smaller the value, the better the light resistance. The evaluation results are shown in the following table. A and B are the level of no problem in actual use.

<評價基準> A:ΔE*ab為3以下 B:ΔE*ab大於3、且為5以下 C:ΔE*ab大於5、且為10以下 D:ΔE*ab大於10<Evaluation criteria> A: ΔE*ab is 3 or less B: ΔE*ab is greater than 3 and 5 or less C: ΔE*ab is greater than 5 and 10 or less D: ΔE*ab is greater than 10

<<平坦性的評價>> 使用旋轉塗佈機(三笠(股份)公司製造),將以上所製備的著色組成物1.0 mL塗佈於4吋矽晶圓上,而形成塗膜。然後,以該塗膜的中心部的乾燥膜厚變成0.60 μm的方式,使用100℃的加熱板進行120秒加熱處理(預烘烤)而形成著色層。 使用光學式膜厚計(菲樂(Filmetrics)(股份)F20)來測定著色層的膜厚。可以說膜厚最薄的部分(中心部)與最厚的部分(周邊部)的差越小越良好。將評價結果示於下述表中。A及B為實際使用時無問題的水準。<<Evaluation of flatness>> Using a spin coater (Mikasa Co., Ltd.), 1.0 mL of the color composition prepared above was coated on a 4-inch silicon wafer to form a coating film. Then, a colored layer was formed by performing a heat treatment (pre-baking) for 120 seconds using a 100°C hot plate so that the dry film thickness at the center of the coating film became 0.60 μm. An optical film thickness meter (Filmetrics (share) F20) was used to measure the film thickness of the colored layer. It can be said that the smaller the difference between the thinnest part (central part) and the thickest part (peripheral part), the better. The evaluation results are shown in the following table. A and B are the level of no problem in actual use.

<評價基準> A:膜厚的差為0.02 μm以下 B:膜厚的差大於0.02 μm、且為0.05 μm以下 C:膜厚的差大於0.05 μm。<Evaluation Criteria> A: The difference in film thickness is 0.02 μm or less B: The difference in film thickness is more than 0.02 μm and 0.05 μm or less C: The difference in film thickness is more than 0.05 μm.

<實施例2~實施例52、比較例1~比較例3><Example 2 to Example 52, Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3>

於實施例1中的「3-2.著色組成物的製備」中,如下述表般變更顏料分散液、色素多聚體(色素)、光聚合起始劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式製備著色組成物,並以與實施例1相同的方式評價顯影殘渣、色移性、耐光性、平坦性。 再者,比較例1~比較例3使用所述比較色素S'-1~比較色素S'-3作為色素多聚體。In "3-2. Preparation of coloring composition" in Example 1, the pigment dispersion liquid, the pigment polymer (pigment), the photopolymerization initiator, the alkali-soluble resin, and the polymerizable compound were changed as shown in the following table. Except for this, the coloring composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, and the developing residue, color shift, light resistance, and flatness were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. In addition, in Comparative Examples 1 to 3, the comparative dyes S′-1 to Sd-3 were used as dye polymers.

[表2]

Figure 104125154-A0304-0002
[Table 2]
Figure 104125154-A0304-0002

根據所述結果,實施例1~實施例52的著色組成物的色移性、耐光性、平坦性優異。進而,顯影殘渣極少,顯影性優異。 另一方面,比較例1~比較例3的色移性或平坦性的任一者欠佳。Based on the results, the coloring compositions of Examples 1 to 52 are excellent in color shift, light resistance, and flatness. Furthermore, there are very few development residues and excellent developability. On the other hand, any of the color shift properties and flatness of Comparative Examples 1 to 3 is poor.

<實施例53、實施例54> 將下述的各成分混合後分散、溶解,利用0.45 μm尼龍過濾器進行過濾,藉此獲得著色組成物。 繼而,使用旋轉塗佈機,以膜厚變成0.5 μm的方式將所獲得的著色組成物塗佈於7.5 cm×7.5 cm的玻璃基板上,並使用加熱板,於200℃下進行5分鐘加熱,而進行塗佈膜的硬化來製作著色層。該著色層的膜厚為0.5 μm。 繼而,塗佈正型光阻劑「FHi622BC」(富士軟片電子材料公司製造),並於90℃下實施1分鐘預烘烤處理,而形成膜厚為0.8 μm的光阻劑層。 繼而,使用i射線步進機(佳能(股份)製造),以350 mJ/cm2 的曝光量對光阻劑層進行圖案曝光,然後於光阻劑層的溫度或環境溫度變成90℃的溫度下進行1分鐘加熱處理。其後,利用顯影液「FHD-5」(富士軟片電子材料公司製造)進行1分鐘的顯影處理,進而於110℃下實施1分鐘的後烘烤處理,而形成抗蝕劑圖案。該抗蝕劑圖案的尺寸是考慮蝕刻轉換差(由蝕刻所引起的圖案寬度的縮小),而以一邊為1.0 μm來形成。 繼而,將形成有光阻劑層的玻璃基板貼附於8吋矽晶圓上,利用乾式蝕刻裝置(U-621,日立先端科技公司製造),將射頻(Radio Frequency,RF)功率設為800 W,將天線偏壓設為400 W,將晶圓偏壓設為200 W,將反應室的內部壓力設為4.0 Pa,將基板溫度設為50℃,將混合氣體的氣體種類及流量設為CF4 :80 mL/min、O2 :40 mL/min、Ar:800 mL/min.,而實施80秒的第1階段的蝕刻處理。 繼而,於同一個蝕刻反應室內,將RF功率設為600 W,將天線偏壓設為100 W,將晶圓偏壓設為250 W,將反應室的內部壓力設為2.0 Pa,將基板溫度設為50℃,將混合氣體的氣體種類及流量設為N2 :500 mL/min、O2 :50 mL/min、Ar:500 mL/min(N2 /O2 /Ar=10/1/10),而實施28秒的第2階段的蝕刻處理。 於以所述條件進行乾式蝕刻後,使用光阻劑剝離液「MS230C」(富士軟片電子材料公司製造),在50℃下實施120秒剝離處理來將抗蝕劑去除,而形成著色圖案。進而實施利用純水的清洗、旋轉乾燥,其後,於100℃下進行2分鐘的脫水烘烤處理。藉由以上方式而獲得彩色濾光器。 針對所獲得的彩色濾光器,以與實施例1相同的方式評價色移性、耐光性、平坦性。 <著色組成物的組成> ·有機溶劑(環己酮):17.12份 ·環氧樹脂JER1031S(三菱化學(股份)製造,環氧當量:180-220(g/eq.)):4.395份 ·色素多聚體的環己酮溶液(固體成分濃度為12.3%):24.57份 ·顏料分散液(參照下述表):51.40份 ·聚合抑制劑(對甲氧基苯酚):0.0007份 ·氟系界面活性劑(迪愛生公司製造的F475,1%PGMEA溶液):2.50份<Example 53, Example 54> The following components were mixed, dispersed and dissolved, and filtered through a 0.45 μm nylon filter to obtain a colored composition. Then, using a spin coater, the obtained coloring composition was coated on a 7.5 cm×7.5 cm glass substrate so that the film thickness became 0.5 μm, and heated at 200° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate. Then, the coating film is cured to produce a colored layer. The film thickness of this colored layer is 0.5 μm. Then, a positive photoresist "FHi622BC" (manufactured by Fuji Film Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied, and pre-baking treatment was performed at 90°C for 1 minute to form a photoresist layer with a film thickness of 0.8 μm. Then, using an i-ray stepper (manufactured by Canon Co., Ltd.), the photoresist layer was pattern-exposed with an exposure of 350 mJ/cm 2 , and then the temperature of the photoresist layer or the ambient temperature became 90°C. Heat treatment is carried out for 1 minute. After that, a developing process of "FHD-5" (manufactured by Fuji Film Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was performed for 1 minute, and then a post-baking process was performed at 110°C for 1 minute to form a resist pattern. The size of the resist pattern is formed with 1.0 μm on one side in consideration of the difference in etching conversion (reduction in pattern width due to etching). Then, the glass substrate with the photoresist layer formed was attached to an 8-inch silicon wafer, using a dry etching device (U-621, manufactured by Hitachi Advanced Technologies Co., Ltd.), and the radio frequency (Radio Frequency, RF) power was set to 800 W, the antenna bias is set to 400 W, the wafer bias is set to 200 W, the internal pressure of the reaction chamber is set to 4.0 Pa, the substrate temperature is set to 50°C, and the gas type and flow rate of the mixed gas are set to CF 4 : 80 mL/min, O 2 : 40 mL/min, Ar: 800 mL/min., and the first-stage etching treatment of 80 seconds was performed. Then, in the same etching reaction chamber, the RF power was set to 600 W, the antenna bias was set to 100 W, the wafer bias was set to 250 W, the internal pressure of the reaction chamber was set to 2.0 Pa, and the substrate temperature Set to 50°C, and set the gas type and flow rate of the mixed gas to N 2 : 500 mL/min, O 2 : 50 mL/min, Ar: 500 mL/min (N 2 /O 2 /Ar=10/1/ 10) The second-stage etching process of 28 seconds is carried out. After dry etching under the above conditions, a resist stripping solution "MS230C" (manufactured by Fuji Film Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used to perform a stripping treatment at 50°C for 120 seconds to remove the resist to form a colored pattern. Furthermore, washing with pure water and spin drying were performed, and then, dehydration baking treatment was performed at 100°C for 2 minutes. In the above manner, a color filter is obtained. With respect to the obtained color filter, color shift properties, light resistance, and flatness were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. <Composition of coloring composition> · Organic solvent (cyclohexanone): 17.12 parts · Epoxy resin JER1031S (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), epoxy equivalent: 180-220 (g/eq.): 4.395 parts · Pigment Multimer cyclohexanone solution (solid content concentration 12.3%): 24.57 parts·Pigment dispersion liquid (refer to the following table): 51.40 parts·Polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol): 0.0007 parts·Fluorine interface Active agent (F475, 1% PGMEA solution manufactured by Di Aisheng): 2.50 parts

[表3]

Figure 104125154-A0304-0003
[table 3]
Figure 104125154-A0304-0003

根據所述結果,實施例53、實施例54的著色組成物的色移性、耐光性、平坦性優異。Based on the above results, the coloring compositions of Example 53 and Example 54 are excellent in color shift properties, light resistance, and flatness.

表中所記載的化合物的略稱如下。The abbreviations of the compounds described in the table are as follows.

光聚合起始劑:下述結構 [化67]

Figure 02_image135
Figure 02_image135
Figure 02_image135
Figure 02_image139
Photopolymerization initiator: the following structure [Chem 67]
Figure 02_image135
Figure 02_image135
Figure 02_image135
Figure 02_image139

鹼可溶性樹脂:下述結構 [化68]

Figure 02_image141
Alkali soluble resin: The following structure [Chemical 68]
Figure 02_image141

聚合性化合物 Z-1:伸乙氧基改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,NK ESTER A-DPH-12E(新中村化學公司製造) Z-2:二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥公司製造) Z-3:乙氧基化(4)季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯,SR494(沙多瑪公司製造) Z-4:乙氧基化(3)三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯,SR454(沙多瑪公司製造) Z-5:乙氧基化(6)三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯,SR499(沙多瑪公司製造) Z-6:卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPCA-60(日本化藥公司製造) Z-7:三(2-羥基乙基)異氰脲酸酯三丙烯酸酯,SR368(沙多瑪公司製造)Polymeric compound Z-1: Ethoxylated modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, NK ESTER A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Company) Z-2: Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Z-3: ethoxylated (4) pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, SR494 (manufactured by Sadoran) Z-4: ethoxylated (3) trimethylolpropane triacrylic acid Ester, SR454 (manufactured by Sadoran) Z-5: ethoxylated (6) trimethylolpropane triacrylate, SR499 (manufactured by Sadoran) Z-6: Kayarad (DPCA) -60 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Z-7: tris(2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate triacrylate, SR368 (manufactured by Sadoran)

顏料分散液 顏料分散液P2(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液): 於顏料分散液P1的製備中,使用下述分散樹脂D1來代替分散樹脂BY-161,除此以外,藉由相同的操作來製備顏料分散液P2。 [化69]

Figure 02_image143
Mw=20000,x/y=50/50(質量比),n=20,酸價=100 mgKOH/g 顏料分散液P3(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液): 於顏料分散液P1的製備中,使用下述分散樹脂D2來代替分散樹脂BY-161,除此以外,藉由相同的操作來製備顏料分散液P3。 [化70]
Figure 02_image145
Mw=20000,x/y=15/85(質量比),n=20,酸價=100 mgKOH/g 顏料分散液P4(C.I.顏料紫23分散液): 於顏料分散液P1的製備中,使用C.I.顏料紫23來代替PB15:6作為顏料,除此以外,以與顏料分散液P1的製備相同的方式製備顏料分散液P4。 顏料分散液P5(C.I.顏料紅254分散液): 於顏料分散液P1的製備中,使用C.I.顏料紅254來代替PB15:6作為顏料,除此以外,以與顏料分散液P1的製備相同的方式製備顏料分散液P5。 顏料分散液P6(C.I.顏料綠58分散液): 於顏料分散液P1的製備中,使用C.I.顏料綠58來代替PB15:6作為顏料,除此以外,以與顏料分散液P1的製備相同的方式製備顏料分散液P6。 顏料分散液P7(C.I.顏料黃139分散液): 於顏料分散液P1的製備中,使用C.I.顏料黃139來代替PB15:6作為顏料,除此以外,以與顏料分散液P1的製備相同的方式製備顏料分散液P7。Pigment Dispersion Pigment Dispersion P2 (CI Pigment Blue 15:6 Dispersion): In the preparation of Pigment Dispersion P1, the following dispersing resin D1 was used instead of dispersing resin BY-161, except that the same operation To prepare pigment dispersion P2. [化69]
Figure 02_image143
Mw=20000, x/y=50/50 (mass ratio), n=20, acid value=100 mgKOH/g Pigment dispersion P3 (CI Pigment Blue 15:6 dispersion): In the preparation of pigment dispersion P1 The pigment dispersion liquid P3 was prepared by the same operation except that the following dispersion resin D2 was used instead of the dispersion resin BY-161. [化70]
Figure 02_image145
Mw=20000, x/y=15/85 (mass ratio), n=20, acid value=100 mgKOH/g pigment dispersion P4 (CI pigment violet 23 dispersion): used in the preparation of pigment dispersion P1 In addition to CI Pigment Violet 23 instead of PB15:6 as a pigment, pigment dispersion liquid P4 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of pigment dispersion liquid P1. Pigment Dispersion P5 (CI Pigment Red 254 Dispersion): In the preparation of Pigment Dispersion P1, CI Pigment Red 254 was used instead of PB15:6 as the pigment, except that it was the same as the preparation of Pigment Dispersion P1 Preparation of pigment dispersion P5. Pigment Dispersion P6 (CI Pigment Green 58 Dispersion): In the preparation of Pigment Dispersion P1, CI Pigment Green 58 was used instead of PB15:6 as the pigment, except that it was the same as the preparation of Pigment Dispersion P1 Preparation of pigment dispersion P6. Pigment Dispersion P7 (CI Pigment Yellow 139 Dispersion): In the preparation of Pigment Dispersion P1, CI Pigment Yellow 139 was used instead of PB15:6 as the pigment, except that it was the same as the preparation of Pigment Dispersion P1 Preparation of pigment dispersion P7.

no

no

Figure 104125154-A0304-11-0002-1
Figure 104125154-A0304-11-0002-1

Claims (17)

一種著色組成物,其包括由通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體、及聚合性化合物;P-(Q)n…(1)通式(1)中,P表示自多元醇衍生出的n價的連結基,Q表示含有通式(a1-1)所表示的重複單元的聚合物鏈,n個Q的通式(a1-1)所表示的重複單元的個數的平均值為2個~20個,n表示3~10的整數,
Figure 104125154-A0305-02-0170-1
通式(a1-1)中,Q1表示三價的連結基,L1表示單鍵、碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO2-、-NR-、-CONR-、-O2C-、-SO-、-SO2-、或將該些的兩個以上加以連結而形成的連結基,R表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜芳基, D1表示源自選自三芳基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、蒽醌色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素、亞酞菁色素、偶氮色素及二吡咯亞甲基色素中的色素的色素結構,「*」表示與主鏈的結合鍵。
A coloring composition including a pigment polymer represented by the general formula (1) and a polymerizable compound; P-(Q) n ... (1) In the general formula (1), P represents derived from a polyol N-valent linking group, Q represents a polymer chain containing a repeating unit represented by the general formula (a1-1), and the average value of the number of n Q repeating units represented by the general formula (a1-1) is 2~20, n represents an integer of 3~10,
Figure 104125154-A0305-02-0170-1
In the general formula (a1-1), Q 1 represents a trivalent linking group, and L 1 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group, and -CH =CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO 2 -, -NR-, -CONR-, -O 2 C-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, or A linking group formed by linking two or more of these, R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and D 1 represents a source derived from a triarylmethane dye, a xanthene dye, an anthraquinone dye, The pigment structure of the cyanine pigment, squarylium salt pigment, quinophthalone pigment, phthalocyanine pigment, subphthalocyanine pigment, azo pigment and dipyrromethene pigment, "*" represents the main chain Combining keys.
如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚體由通式(2)表示;
Figure 104125154-A0305-02-0171-2
通式(2)中,A1表示自多元醇衍生出的n價的連結基,B1表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-O2C-、-CO2-、-NROC-、或-CONR-,R表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,C1表示單鍵、伸烷基、伸芳基或氧基伸烷基,S表示硫原子,Q的含義與通式(a1-1)所表示的重複單元相同,n表示3~10的整數。
The coloring composition as described in item 1 of the patent application, wherein the pigment polymer is represented by the general formula (2);
Figure 104125154-A0305-02-0171-2
In the general formula (2), A 1 represents an n-valent linking group derived from a polyol, and B 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -O 2 C-, -CO 2 -, -NROC-, or -CONR-, R represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group, C 1 represents a single bond, alkylene group, aryl group or oxyalkylene group, S represents a sulfur atom, Q Has the same meaning as the repeating unit represented by the general formula (a1-1), and n represents an integer of 3-10.
如申請專利範圍第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述A1為包含選自主鏈上可具有氧原子的脂肪族烴基、芳香族環基及雜環基中的一種或兩種以上的組合的基。 The coloring composition as described in item 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the A 1 is one or more selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic ring groups and heterocyclic groups which may have an oxygen atom in the main chain Combined base. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚體於400nm~800nm內的最大吸收波長 中的由下述式(Aλ)所表示的比吸光度為5以上,n個Q的通式(a1-1)所表示的重複單元的個數的平均值為2個~7.3個;E=A/(c×1)…(Aλ)式(Aλ)中,E表示於400nm~800nm內的最大吸收波長中的比吸光度,A表示於400nm~800nm內的最大吸收波長中的吸光度,l表示單位由cm表示的單元長度,c表示單位由mg/ml表示的溶液中的色素多聚體的濃度。 The coloring composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the pigment polymer has a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 400 nm to 800 nm The specific absorbance represented by the following formula (Aλ) in is 5 or more, and the average value of the number of repeating units represented by the general formula (a1-1) of n Q is 2 to 7.3; E=A /(c×1)... (Aλ) In the formula (Aλ), E represents the specific absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength within 400 nm to 800 nm, A represents the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength within 400 nm to 800 nm, and l represents the unit The unit length is expressed in cm, and c is the concentration of the pigment polymer in the solution expressed in mg/ml. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中相對於所述著色組成物的總固體成分,含有所述色素多聚體1質量%~50質量%。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the pigment polymer contains 1% by mass to 50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚體為使由通式(3)所表示的化合物,與具有源自選自三芳基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、蒽醌色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素、亞酞菁色素、偶氮色素及二吡咯亞甲基色素中的色素的色素結構及自由基聚合性基的化合物進行自由基聚合所獲得者,P0-(SH)n…(3) 通式(3)中,P0表示自多元醇衍生出的n價的連結基,SH表示硫醇基,n表示3~10的整數。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the pigment polymer is a compound represented by the general formula (3), and has a compound derived from a triaryl group Methane pigment, xanthene pigment, anthraquinone pigment, cyanine pigment, squarylium salt pigment, quinophthalone pigment, phthalocyanine pigment, subphthalocyanine pigment, azo pigment and dipyrromethene pigment Pigment structure and radical polymerizable group compound obtained by radical polymerization, P 0- (SH) n … (3) In the general formula (3), P 0 represents an n-valent linking group derived from a polyol , SH represents a thiol group, and n represents an integer of 3-10. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的著色組成物,其更包括所述色素多聚體以外的色素。 The coloring composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 3, further includes pigments other than the pigment polymer. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的著色組成物,其更包括光聚合起始劑。 The coloring composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 3, further includes a photopolymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中所述Q含有選自具有酸基的重複單元及具有聚合性基的重複單元中的一種以上。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the Q contains one or more kinds selected from a repeating unit having an acid group and a repeating unit having a polymerizable group. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中所述Q為選自(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、苯乙烯系樹脂、及(甲基)丙烯酸/苯乙烯系樹脂中的一種。 The coloring composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Q is selected from (meth)acrylic resin, styrene resin, and (meth)acrylic acid/benzene One of vinyl resins. 一種彩色濾光器,其使用如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的著色組成物而形成。 A color filter formed using the coloring composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種圖案形成方法,其包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的著色組成物應用於支撐體上來形成著色組成物層的步驟;將所述著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及將曝光成圖案狀的所述著色組成物層的未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 A pattern forming method, comprising: applying a coloring composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 10 to a support to form a coloring composition layer; applying the coloring composition layer A step of exposing in a pattern; and a step of developing and removing the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer exposed in a pattern to form a colored pattern. 一種圖案形成方法,其包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的著色組成物應用於支撐體上來形成著色組成物層,並使其硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於所述著色層上形成光阻劑層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影來將所述光阻劑層加以圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將所述抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對所述著色層進行乾式蝕刻而形成著色圖案的步驟。 A pattern forming method, comprising: applying a coloring composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 10 to a support to form a coloring composition layer, and hardening it to form a coloring layer Step; forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and applying the resist pattern The step of dry etching the colored layer to form a colored pattern as an etching mask. 一種彩色濾光器的製造方法,其包括如申請專利範圍第12項或第13項所述的圖案形成方法。 A method for manufacturing a color filter, which includes the pattern forming method as described in item 12 or item 13 of the patent application. 一種固態攝影元件,其包括如申請專利範圍第11項所述的彩色濾光器。 A solid-state imaging element including the color filter as described in item 11 of the patent application scope. 一種影像顯示裝置,其包括如申請專利範圍第11項所述的彩色濾光器。 An image display device including the color filter as described in item 11 of the patent application scope. 一種色素多聚體的製造方法,其是由通式(1)所表示的色素多聚體的製造方法,且包括使由通式(3)所表示的化合物,與具有源自選自三芳基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、蒽醌色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素、亞酞菁色素、偶氮色素及二吡咯亞甲基色素中的色素的色素結構及自由基聚合性基的化合物進行自由基聚合, P0-(SH)n…(3)通式(3)中,P0表示自多元醇衍生出的n價的連結基,SH表示硫醇基,n表示3~10的整數,P-(Q)n…(1)通式(1)中,P表示自多元醇衍生出的n價的連結基,Q表示含有通式(a1-1)所表示的重複單元的聚合物鏈,n個Q的通式(a1-1)所表示的重複單元的個數的平均值為2個~20個,n表示3~10的整數,
Figure 104125154-A0305-02-0175-3
通式(a1-1)中,Q1表示三價的連結基,L1表示單鍵、碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO2-、-NR-、-CONR-、 -O2C-、-SO-、-SO2-、或將該些的兩個以上加以連結而形成的連結基,R表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜芳基,D1表示源自選自三芳基甲烷色素、呫噸色素、蒽醌色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓鹽色素、喹酞酮色素、酞菁色素、亞酞菁色素、偶氮色素及二吡咯亞甲基色素中的色素的色素結構,「*」表示與主鏈的結合鍵。
A method for producing a pigment polymer, which is a method for producing a pigment polymer represented by the general formula (1), and includes a compound represented by the general formula (3) and a compound derived from a triaryl group Methane pigment, xanthene pigment, anthraquinone pigment, cyanine pigment, squarylium salt pigment, quinophthalone pigment, phthalocyanine pigment, subphthalocyanine pigment, azo pigment and dipyrromethene pigment The compound of the pigment structure and the radical polymerizable group undergoes radical polymerization. P 0 -(SH) n … (3) In the general formula (3), P 0 represents an n-valent linking group derived from a polyol, and SH represents Thiol group, n represents an integer of 3 to 10, P-(Q) n … (1) In the general formula (1), P represents an n-valent linking group derived from a polyol, and Q represents a general formula (a1) -1) The polymer chain of the repeating unit represented by n, the average value of the number of repeating units represented by the general formula (a1-1) of n Q is 2 to 20, n represents an integer of 3 to 10,
Figure 104125154-A0305-02-0175-3
In the general formula (a1-1), Q 1 represents a trivalent linking group, and L 1 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group, and -CH =CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO 2 -, -NR-, -CONR-, -O 2 C-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, or A linking group formed by linking two or more of these, R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and D 1 represents a source derived from a triarylmethane dye, a xanthene dye, an anthraquinone dye, The pigment structure of the cyanine pigment, squarylium salt pigment, quinophthalone pigment, phthalocyanine pigment, subphthalocyanine pigment, azo pigment and dipyrromethene pigment, "*" represents the main chain Combining keys.
TW104125154A 2014-08-29 2015-08-04 Colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and method for producing dye multimer TWI695037B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-176383 2014-08-29
JP2014176383 2014-08-29

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201607995A TW201607995A (en) 2016-03-01
TWI695037B true TWI695037B (en) 2020-06-01

Family

ID=55399343

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104125154A TWI695037B (en) 2014-08-29 2015-08-04 Colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and method for producing dye multimer

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6279745B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20170016954A (en)
CN (1) CN106661343B (en)
TW (1) TWI695037B (en)
WO (1) WO2016031442A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11447861B2 (en) 2016-12-15 2022-09-20 Asm Ip Holding B.V. Sequential infiltration synthesis apparatus and a method of forming a patterned structure
WO2019044432A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition, cured product, color filter, production method for color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR102599290B1 (en) * 2018-03-23 2023-11-07 도레이 카부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color conversion substrate, image display device, and method for producing cured film
CN112739726B (en) * 2018-09-26 2023-09-19 富士胶片株式会社 Coloring composition, method for forming cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, and method for manufacturing display device
KR102325836B1 (en) 2018-11-06 2021-11-11 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin layer using the same and color filter
JP7203627B2 (en) * 2019-02-08 2023-01-13 住友化学株式会社 Colored curable resin composition

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200848473A (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-12-16 Fujifilm Corp Pigment dispersant composition, photocurable composition, and color filter and method for manufacturing the same
TW201213304A (en) * 2010-07-23 2012-04-01 Fujifilm Corp Dye compound, method of producing dipyrromethene metal complex compound, method of producing dye multimer, substituted pyrrole compound, colored curable composition, color filter, method of producing color filter

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5171005B2 (en) * 2006-03-17 2013-03-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Polymer compound, method for producing the same, and pigment dispersant
JP2008222843A (en) * 2007-03-12 2008-09-25 Fujifilm Corp Polymer compound and its manufacturing method, aqueous pigment dispersant, aqueous pigment dispersion composition, and aqueous ink
JP5243072B2 (en) * 2007-03-30 2013-07-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition, and image recording method and image recorded material using the same
JP2008280484A (en) * 2007-05-14 2008-11-20 Fujifilm Corp Manufacturing method of fine pigment particle and pigment-dispersed composition
JP5171218B2 (en) * 2007-05-31 2013-03-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition, image recording method using the ink composition, and printed matter using the ink composition
JP2009215453A (en) * 2008-03-11 2009-09-24 Fujifilm Corp Inkjet ink composition, and inkjet recording method and printed material using same
JP2010018739A (en) 2008-07-11 2010-01-28 Fujifilm Corp Pigment dispersion, and ink composition using the same
JP5791874B2 (en) * 2010-03-31 2015-10-07 富士フイルム株式会社 COLORING COMPOSITION, INKJET INK, COLOR FILTER AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE
JP5484173B2 (en) * 2010-04-20 2014-05-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, color filter, and display device including the same
JP2012158740A (en) * 2010-07-23 2012-08-23 Fujifilm Corp Dye compound, method for producing dipyrromethene metal complex compound, method for producing dye multimer, and substituted pyrrole compound
JP5623934B2 (en) * 2011-02-08 2014-11-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, colored radiation-sensitive composition, method for producing dye multimer, ink jet ink, color filter and method for producing the same, solid-state imaging device, and display device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200848473A (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-12-16 Fujifilm Corp Pigment dispersant composition, photocurable composition, and color filter and method for manufacturing the same
TW201213304A (en) * 2010-07-23 2012-04-01 Fujifilm Corp Dye compound, method of producing dipyrromethene metal complex compound, method of producing dye multimer, substituted pyrrole compound, colored curable composition, color filter, method of producing color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN106661343B (en) 2019-07-30
JPWO2016031442A1 (en) 2017-08-03
KR20190035929A (en) 2019-04-03
WO2016031442A1 (en) 2016-03-03
JP6279745B2 (en) 2018-02-14
TW201607995A (en) 2016-03-01
CN106661343A (en) 2017-05-10
KR102027797B1 (en) 2019-10-02
KR20170016954A (en) 2017-02-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI617624B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display device, organic electroluminescence device, pigment, and method for manufacturing pigment
TWI667297B (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and dye multimer
TWI644992B (en) Colored composition, cured film, pattern forming method,color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI656178B (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI608041B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI583745B (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device
TWI609929B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing element, and image display device
TWI695037B (en) Colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and method for producing dye multimer
KR102003241B1 (en) Pigment dispersion, process for producing pigment dispersion, colored composition, cured film, color filter, process for producing color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and composition
TWI625365B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method of forming patterns, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP6691134B2 (en) Curable composition, optical filter, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TW201506536A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device
KR102152047B1 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and dye multimer
TWI631191B (en) Colored composition, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, colored filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and method for manufacturing colored composition